Перевод: с исландского на английский

с английского на исландский

he+was+all+eyes

  • 1 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidenceto do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 2 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 3 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 4 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in locoá, í, við, and ad locumá, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in locoá, or in locum til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion ofamong; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 5 HALDA

    * * *
    (held; hélt, héldum; haldinn), v.
    I. with dat.
    1) to hold fast (Gunnarr var kyrr svá at honum hélt einn maðr);
    to keep back, restrain (Hrafn fekk eigi haldit henni heima);
    2) to withhold (héldu bœndrgjaldinu);
    3) to keep, retain (þú skalt jafhan þessu sæti halda);
    to preserve (halda virðingu sinni, lífi ok limum);
    halda vöku sinni, to keep oneself awake;
    4) to hold, keep one’s stock;
    also ellipt. (vetr var illr ok héldu menn illa);
    5) phrases, halda njósnum, to keep watch, to spy (= halda njósnum til um e-t);
    halda (hendi) fyrir auga, to hold (the hand) before the eyes, shade the eyes;
    halda hendi yfir e-m, to protect one;
    6) to hold, stand, steer, ellipt., þeir héldu aptr (held back again) um haustit;
    þeir héldu út eptir fírði, they stood out the firth;
    halda heim, to steer homewards;
    7) to graze, put in the field (halda fé til haga);
    8) impers. to continue, last (hélt því lengi um vetrinn);
    II. with acc.
    1) to hold in possession, a fief, land, estate (þeir héldu alla hina beztu staði með sjónum);
    2) to hold, keep, observe, a feast, holiday (í hvers minning heldr þú þenna. dag?);
    3) to keep (halda orð sín, eið, sættir, frið);
    to observe (halda guðs lög ok landsins);
    4) to uphold, maintain, support (halda vini sína, halda e-n til ríkis);
    5) halda sik, to comport oneself (kunna halda sik með hófi);
    halda sik ríkmannliga, to fare sumptuously;
    halda sik aptr af e-u, to abstain from;
    6) to hold, consider, deem (hón hélt engan hans jafningja);
    7) to hold, keep up;
    halda varnir, to keep up a defence;
    halda vörð, to keep watch;
    8) to hold, compel, bind (heldr mik þá ekki til útanferðar);
    þó heldr þik várkunn til at leita á, thou hast some excuse for trying;
    III. with preps.:
    halda á e-u, to hold, wield in the hand (halda á sverði);
    to hold to a thing, go on with it, be busy about (halda á drykkju, á ferð sinni, á sýslu);
    halda e-t af e-m, to hold (land, office) from or of one (þeir er höfðu haldið land af Danakonungi);
    halda mikit af e-m, to make much of one;
    halda eptir e-m, to pursue one;
    halda e-u eptir, to keep back;
    halda sik frá e-u, to keep oneself back from, refrain from;
    halda e-u fram, to uphold, support;
    halda e-u fyrir e-u, to withhold from one;
    to protect against (héldu engar grindr fénu fyrir birninum);
    halda e-n fyrir e-t, to hold, consider one to be so and so (síðan hélt konungr Erling fyrir tryggvan vin);
    halda í e-t, to hold fast, grasp (þú skalt halda í hurðarhringinn);
    halda til e-s, to be the cause of, be conducive to;
    heldr þar margt til þess, there are many reasons for this;
    hélt til þess (conduced to it) góðgirni hans;
    halda til e-s, to be bent on, fond of (halda mjök til skarts, til gleði);
    halda til jafns við e-n, to bear up against one, to be a match for one;
    halda um e-t, to grasp with the hand (= halda hendi um e-t);
    halda barni undir skírn, to hold at baptism;
    halda e-u upp, to hold aloft, lift (halda upp höndum);
    halda upp árum, to hold up the oars, cease pulling;
    to uphold, maintain, support (halda upp hofum, kristninni);
    to keep going (halda upp bardaga);
    to discharge (halda upp kostnaði, bótum);
    halda upp bœnum fyrir e-m, to pray for one;
    halda e-u við, to maintain a thing;
    halda við e-m, to stand against (hvar sem harm kom fram, hélt ekki við honum);
    hélt þá við atgöngu (acc.), they were near coming to fight;
    heldr nú við hót, it is little short of threats;
    IV. refl., haldast.
    * * *
    pret. hélt (= Goth. haihald), 2nd pérs. hélt, mod. hélzt, pl. héldum; pres. held, pl. höldum; pret. subj. héldi; part. haldinn; imperat. hald and haltú: [Ulf. haldan = βόσκειν, ποιμαίνειν, whereas he renders to keep, hold by other words; Hel. haldan = alere, fovere, colere, which thus seems to be the primitive sense of the word, and to be akin to Lat. cŏlo; again, A. S. healdan, Engl. hold, O. H. G. haltan, Germ. halten, Swed. hålla, halda, Dan. holde, are all of them used in a more general sense]:—to hold.
    A. WITH DAT. to hold to:
    I. to hold fast by; with the notion of restraint or force, tók Gizurr förunaut Ögmundar ok hélt honum, Sturl. i. 150; Gunnarr var kyrr svá at honum hélt einn maðr, Nj. 92; ef maðr heldr manni …, varðar fjörbaugs-garð, Grág. ii. 110; h. e-m undir drep, 17; h. skipum ( to grapple the ships) með stafnljám, Fms. ii. 315: to keep back, Hrafn fékk eigi haldit henni heima þar, Ísl. ii. 249; ok halda þeim veðr í enni sömu höfn, Grág. i. 92; h. (sér) í e-t, to hold oneself fast by, grasp, þú skalt h. í hurðar-hringinn, Dropl. 29; heldr sér í faxit, Sd. 177.
    β. so in the phrases, halda barni (manni) undir skírn, vatn, primsignan, biskups hönd, eccl. to hold a bairn ( man) at baptism, prima signatio, confirmation, Grág. i. 29; h. vatni (tárum), to hold one’s tears, 623. 56, Fms. viii. 232, vi. (in a verse); halda munni, to hold one’s tongue, be silent, vii. 227; halda tungu sinni, Þórð.
    2. to withhold; þá megu þeir h. tíundum hans í móti, K. Þ. K. 62; h. vætti, Grág. i. 42; h. gögnum, 56; ef goði heldr tylftar-kvið, er hann heldr kviðnum, 58; halda matinum fyrir honum, 47; h. sköttum fyrir e-m, Nj. 8; h. skógar-manni fyrir e-m, Finnb. 334; um þat er hann hefir konunni haldit, Grág. i. 313; héldu bændr gjaldinu, Fms. vii. 302; hélt ek því (i. e. the money) fyrir honum, i. e. paid it not, Ísl. ii. 244.
    II. to hold, of a rope or the like; sá maðr hugði h. mundu er festi, … ok h. mundu í slíku veðri, Grág. ii. 361; reip þau tíu er tveggja manna afli haldi hvert, id.; skal hann svá göra at haldi fyrir fyrnsku, 268.
    β. to hold, hold out, last; optast halda þar íllviðri litla hríð, Sks. 212; sunnudags-helgi ríss upp á laugardegi, ok heldr ( lasts) til mánadags, N. G. L. i. 138.
    III. to keep, retain, Germ. behalten; fá-ein skip héldu seglum sinum, Fms. x. 143; þú skalt jafnan þessu sæti h., Nj. 6; h. bústað sínum, Ld. 26; h. ríki sínu, Al. 58, Fms. i. 13; h. öllum Noregi, viii. 155; h. frelsi ok eignum, vi. 40; h. hlut sínum, to uphold one’s right, Eg. passim; halt sömum vinum sem ek hefi haft, Fas. i. 375; h. hreinleik sínum, Al. 58.
    β. to hold, keep safe, preserve; h. hlut sínum, Ld. 54; h. heilsu, Grág. i. 145; h. virðingu sinni, Ld. 16; þá heldr hann kosti sínum, Grág. ii. 209; h. tíma ( honour) sínum, Al. 59; h. lífi ok limum, Eg. 89; h. lífinu, Nj. 111; h. trúnaði sínum, 109; vináttu sinni, Ld. 200; einorð sinni, Fb. ii. 265; h. sér réttum, to keep oneself right, Ld. 158; h. e-m heilum, Odd. 30; h. ríki fyrir e-m, Fms. v. 279; h. manna-forræði fyrir e-m, Hrafn. 19; h. réttu máli fyrir e-m, Fms. vii. 64.
    2. to continue to keep, keep all along; h. teknum hætti, Fms. iv. 254; h. vöku, to keep oneself awake, Ld. 152; but h. vöku fyrir e-m, to keep another awake; halda sýslu sinni, Fs. 36; h. högum, to keep grazing, Eb. 104, Ld. 148.
    3. to hold, keep one’s stock; ellipt., vetr var íllr ok héldu menn ílla, the winter was cold and it was ill to keep live stock, Sturl. ii. 143, (cp. fjár-höld); hann hélt vel svá at nær lifði hvat-vetna, Hrafn. 22: metaph., ílla hefir þinn faðir þá haldit, Fms. xi. 144; öld hefir ílla haldit, the people have had a sad loss, vi. (in a verse); h. fangi, and also ellipt. halda, of sheep and cattle, opp. to ‘to go back.’
    4. phrases, halda njósnum, to keep watch, to spy, Fms. viii. 146, Nj. 113; hann hélt njósnum til Önundar, Landn. 287; hélt konungr njósnum til, ef …, Fms. vii. 128; hann skyldi h. njósnum til ok gera orð konungi, i. 54; h. njósnum til um e-t, iv. 119, Nj. 93; halda njósn (sing.) um skip þat, Eg. 74; þér haldit njósnum nær færi gefr á Arnkatli, Eb. 186; hann lét h. njósnum uppi á landi, Fms. vii. 316; hann hélt fréttum til, ef …, iv. 349.
    β. halda (hendi) fyrir auga, to hold ( the hand) before the eyes, shade the eyes, Nj. 132, Fms. v. 196; h. fyrir munn e-m, to hold ( the hand) over one’s mouth; h. hendi yfir e-m, to hold the hand over one, protect one, Nj. 266, Fbr. 22, Korm.; h. hendi um háls e-m, to clasp the hands around one’s neck, Fms. i. 9; h. skildi fyrir e-n, to hold the shield for one as a second in a duel, Ísl. ii. 257, passim; h. e-m til náms, to hold one to the book, make one study, K. Þ. K. 56; h. e-m til virðingar, Ld. 98.
    IV. ellipt. (liði, skipi, för, stefnu, etc. understood), to hold, stand in a certain direction, esp. as a naut. term; þeir héldu aptr ( stood back again) um haustið, Eg. 69; treystisk hann eigi á haf at halda, Eb. 6; héldu þeir vestr um haf, id.; stigu þeir á skip sín, ok héldu út ( stood out) eptir firði, Fms. i. 63; þeir héldu þat sama sumar til Íslands, Ld. 6; hann hélt upp eptir hinni eystri kvísl, Fms. vii. 55; h. heim, to hold one’s course, stand homewards, Odd. 30; h. á braut, Grág. i. 92; Hrútr hélt suðr til Eyrar-sunds, Nj. 8; h. eptir e-m, to pursue one, 7; h. undan, to fly, Fms. x. 396, Nj. 98 (on land); kom móti þeim sunnan-veðr með myrkri, ok urðu þeir fyrir at h., to lay one’s course for the wind, A. A. 271; h. útleið, to stand on the outer tack, Eg. 78; h. til, to turn against, attack (on sea), Fms. xi. 72; hélt hann liði sínu suðr á Mæri, i. 62; þeir héldu liði sínu norðr til Þrándheims, id.; Haraldr konungr hélt norðan liði sínu, Eg. 32; héldu þeir skipi því suðr með landi, 69; skipi því lét hann halda vestr til Englands, id.; Unnr hélt skipinu í Orkneyjar, eptir þat hélt Unnr skipi sínu til Færeyja, Ld. 8.
    β. to graze, put in the field, of sheep, cattle; þykkir mér þat miklu skipta at þeim sé vel til haga haldit, Eg. 714; hvert Steinarr hafði látið nautum sínum halda, 715; ok bað hann h. nautunum annan veg, 716.
    γ. phrases, halda kyrru fyrir, to hold still, remain quiet, Ld. 216, Þórð. 30 new Ed., Nj. 223, 258; Hallr heldr nú til fangs ( went fishing) sem áðr, Ld. 38.
    V. with prep.; halda á e-u, to hold, wield in the hand, freq. in mod. usage, h. á bók, penna, fjöðr, hníf, skærum, nál, etc.; hafði hverr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; h. á sverði, Fb. i. 33; hann tók við öxinni ok hélt (viz. á), ok sá á, Eg. 180: to hold fast, heldr nú maðr á manni, Fas. i. 12; eigi máttu helvítis byrgi h. á honum, 656 C. 6; ef hann heldr á fénu ( withholds it), Grág. i. 427.
    β. [Germ. anhalten], to hold to a thing, go on with, be busy about; h. á sýslu, to be busy, Rm. 14; h. á keri, qs. halda á drykkju, to go on drinking, carousing, Hm. 18: h. á hinni sömu bæn, Stj. 417; h. á fyrirsátrum við e-n, Þórð. 51 new Ed.; h. á búnaði sínum, Ld. 164; hélt hann þá á búnaði sínum sem skjótligast, Fms. ix. 215, x. 119, Sturl. ii. 245; þogar á bak Jólum hélt Ólafr konungr á búningi, Fms. v. 41; hann heldr nú á málinu, Nj. 259; nú heldr Þórðr á málinu ok verðr Oddný honum gipt, Bjarn. 11, Konr. (Fr.); h. á tilkalli, Fms. i. 84; h. á þessum sið, xi. 41; h. á för, to go on with one’s journey, Sighvat; gengu síðan brott ok héldu á ferð sinni, and went on their journey, Sturl.;—whence the mod. phrase, halda áfram, to go on, which seems not to occur in old writers.
    2. halda e-u fram, to hold up, make much of; bróðir minn mun mér mjök hafa fram haldit fyrir ástar sakir, Nj. 3.
    β. to hold on doing, (hence fram-hald, continuation); halda fram upp-teknu efni, Fms. i. 263; slíku hélt hann fram meðan hann lifði, iv. 254; hélt hann (fram) teknum hætti um veizlurnar, id., Grett. 14.
    3. halda saman, to hold together, Eluc. 6, Fms. vii. 140, Rb. 340.
    4. halda e-u upp, to hold aloft, Yngvarr hélt upp vísu þeirri, Eg. 152; steinninn heldr upp annarr öðrum, Rb. 390; h. upp árum, to hold up the oars, cease pulling, Fas. ii. 517, N. G. L. i. 65.
    β. to uphold, maintain, support; halda upp hofi, Landn. 64, Eb. 24; h. upp hofum ok efla blót, Fms. i. 91; h. upp kirkju, K. Þ. K. 52; h. upp Kristninni, Fms. i. 32: to keep going, h. upp bardaga, orrostu, xi. 66, 188, 340.
    γ. to discharge; h. upp féráns-dómi, Grág. i. 120; h. upp lögskilum, 145; h. upp svörum, Ó. H. 174; h. upp kostnaði, Eg. 77; h. upp gjaldi, Grág. i. 384; gjöldum, Fms. i. 81; h. upp bót, Grág. ii. 182; bótum, Eb. 100, 162, N. G. L. i. 311; ef hann heldr upp yfirbót ( penance) þeirri, Hom. 70; h. upp bænum fyrir e-m, to pray for one, Fms. xi. 271; hélt hann því vel upp sem vera átti, discharged it well, x. 93.
    δ. halda sér vel upp, to hold oneself well up, Sturl.
    ε. metaph., skal-at hann lögvillr verða, svá at honum haldi þat uppi (i. e. went unpunished), Grág. i. 316; ok heldr honum þat uppi ( that will save him), ef hann er rétt-hafi at orðinn, ii. 242.
    5. halda e-u við, to maintain a thing, Hkr. i. 195.
    VI. impers.,
    1. to continue, last; hélt því nokkura stund dags, Fms. x. 125: hélt því lengi um vetrinn, Ld. 288; regni hélt haustnótt gegnum, Fms. vi. 83.
    2. with prep. við, to be on the brink of; hélt þá við atgöngu, they were within a hair’s breadth of coming to fight, Hkr. i. 143; hélt þá við vandræði, Fms. ix. 434; heldr við bardaga, vi. 8; heldr nú við hót, it is little short of a threat, i. 305; hélt við blót, x. 106; ok hélt við flótta, i. 174; hélt við meiðingar, Nj. 21, Sd. 143; henni hélt við, at hón mundi drepa hana, Nj. 118; þeim hélt við váða sjálfan, Ó. H. 168; konungi hélt við, hvárt hann mundi standask eðr eigi, Mag. 100; honum hélt við kafnan, Bs. i. 18; hélt þó við at þeir mundi berjask, Fs. 53.
    B. WITH ACC. to hold:
    I. to hold in possession, a fief, land, estate, office, or the like; þeir héldu alla hina beztu staði með sjónum, Fms. xi. 131; þeir er áðr höfðu haldit land af Dana-konungi, i. 232; Eirekr skyldi h. land af Aðalsteini konungi, 23; Vemundr hélt Firða-fylki, Eg. 12; hélt hann þat ríki undir Knút konungi, Ísl. ii. 242; í þeirri borg héldu þeir langfeðgar fimmtán konungdóma, Ver. 37; h. land sem leigu-land, Grág. ii. 278; konungrinn heldr af Guði nafnit, Sks. 599 B; prestar er kirkjur halda, H. E. i. 486; sá prestr er heldr Pétrs-kirkju, N. G. L. i. 312; presta þeirra er kirkju halda, 346; skal sá maðr ráða er kirkju heldr, K. Þ. K. 60; Ólafs kirkju þá er Væringjar halda (the parish church of W.), Hkr. iii. 408.
    2. halda ábyrgju, ábyrgð á e-n, to have the responsibility of a thing, Grág. ii. 399, K. Þ. K. 66; h. grip, to be in the possession of, Grág. i. 438, ii. 190; h. skóla, to keep a school, Mar.; h. fylgð, to perform, Fms. ix. 279; eiga vandræði at h., to be in a strait, difficulty, Eb. 108.
    II. to hold, keep, observe, a feast, holiday, or the like; halda kirkju-dag, K. Þ. K. 42; í hvers minning heldr þú þenna dag? Nj. 157; h. helgan þvátt-dag hvern, Pr. 437; h. helga daga, Sl.; h. Jóla-dag, Páska, Hvíta-sunnu, Rb. 134; minnstú að h. helgan hvíldar-daginn Drottins Guðs þíns (the Fourth Commandment in the Icel. version); h. heilagt, to keep holiday, Dipl. ii. 14; í dag þá hátíð höldum vér til himna sté vor Herra, Hólabók 54; er Júdar héldu hátíðligt, Stj. 110; (hence forn-haldinn, time-honoured): of the day-marks (vide dagr, p. 95), er þaðan haldinn miðr-morgin, Hrafn. 9.
    2. to keep; halda orð sín, to keep one’s word, Fms. x. 95; höldum öll einka-mál vár, vii. 305; h. sættir, Nj. 57; gerðú svá vel, félagi, at þú halt vel sætt þessa, 111, Sturl. iii. 153, Fs. 65, Gullþ. 20; hann kvaðsk vilja hafa svardaga af þeim ok festu, at halda, Nj. 164; h. eið, Sturl. iii. 153; h. frið, to keep peace, Greg. 7; ef þú vilt nokkura hluti eigi h. þá er ek hefi á lagt við þik, Eg. 738: to observe faith, law, rite, etc., halda átrúnað, Fms. i. 34, x. 277; h. Guðs lög ok landsins, vii. 305; h. lands lög, viii. 155; h. ein lög, 625. 52; hafa ok halda þau lög, Fms. i. 34; h. Kristilega trú, K. Á. 74; h. mál (orð) e-s, Greg. 17; h. alla hluti með athugasamlegu minni, Sks. 439.
    3. to keep, tend; halda geitr, Hkv. 2. 20 (exactly as in Gothic).
    III. to uphold, maintain, support; þykkir mér þér sé nú ísjár-vert, hvárt þú munt fá haldit þik eðr eigi, Nj. 155; munu vér þó ekki einhlitir at h. oss eptir þessi verk, Háv. 50; at hón mætti með valdi h. sik ok menn sína, Fas. i. 375; þat væri nokkurr várkunn, at þú héldir frænda þinn eðr fóstbróður, en þetta er alls engi (at) halda útlaga konungs, Ó. H. 145; enda ætla ek lítinn viljann til at h. vini þína, Fms. vii. 244; því at Eysteinn konungr kenndi Inga konungi, at hann héldi þá menn, 248; ef þú heldr hann ( upholdest him) til þess at ganga á vini mína, Eg. 339; viljum vér allir fylgja þér ok þik til konungs halda, Fms. i. 34; Stephanus skyldi h. hann til laga ok réttinda, Sks. 653; h. e-n til ríkis, Fb. i. 236; vinsæld föður hans hélt hann mest til alþýðu vináttu, Fms. vii. 175; þeir sem upp h. ( sustain) þenna líkama, Anecd. 4.
    β. phrases, halda e-m kost, borð, to keep at board, entertain, Fms. ix. 220, x. 105, 146, Nj. 6; or, halda e-n at klæðum ok drykk, Ó. H. 69; h. stríð, bellum gerere (not class.), Fms. x. 51; h. úfrið, Fas. ii. 539.
    2. halda sik, to comfort oneself, Sks. 281, Hom. 29; kunna sik með hófi at h., Sturl. iii. 108; h. sik ríkmannliga, to fare sumptuously, Ld. 234; hann hélt betr húskarla sína en aðrir, Fms. vii. 242; h. mjök til skarts, to dress fine, Ld. 196; þar var Hrefna ok hélt allmjök til skarts, id.; hann var hægr hvers-dagliga, ok hélt mjök til gleði, Sturl. iii. 123; hélt hann hér mjök til vinsælda ok virðinga, he enjoyed much popularity and fame, Ld. 298.
    β. ellipt. (sik understood), at h. til jafns við e-n, to bear up against one, to be a match for one, Ld. 40; ef þér hefir eigi til þess hug eðr afl at h. til jafns við e-n húskarl Þorsteins, Eg. 714; h. til fullnaðar, to stand on one’s full rights; ef þær taka eigi fullrétti, eðr h. eigi til fullnaðar, Grág. ii. 109; h. fullara, to hold one above other men, Ó. H. (in a verse); lét konungr þá h. mjök til ( make great preparations) at syngja messu hátíðliga, Hkr. i. 287.
    3. to hold forth, put forward; at þeim inyiidi þungbýlt vera í nánd honum, ef þeir héldi nokkurn annan fyrir betra mann en hann, Ld. 26; síðan hélt konungr Erling fyrir tryggvan mann, Fms. ix. 399.
    β. to hold, deem, be of opinion; the old writers seem not to use the word exactly in this sense, but near to it come such phrases as, hón hélt engan hans jafningja innan hirðar hvárki í orðum né öðrum hlutum, i. e. she held him to be above all men, Ld. 60; halda menn hann fyrir konung, Fb. i. 216; still closer, halda menn at Oddný sé nú betr gipt, Bjarn. 12 (but only preserved in a paper MS.): this sense is very freq. in mod. usage, to hold, mean, eg held það; eg held ekki, I think not; (hence hald, opinion.)
    γ. phrases, halda mikit upp á e-n, to hold one in much esteem, love, Stj. 33; halda af e-m, id., Fas. i. 458, ii. 63, 200, iii. 520, esp. freq. in mod. usage, (upp-á-hald, af-hald, esteem.)
    4. to hold on, keep up; halda varnir, to keep up a defence, Sks. 583; halda vörð, to keep watch, Eg. 120, Grág. i. 32, 264; halda njósn, Eg. 72, 74, Fms. xi. 46; halda tal af e-m, to speak, communicate with one, ii. 88.
    5. to hold, be valid, be in force, a law term; á sú sekt öll at halda, Grág. i. 89; á þat at h. allt er þeir urðu á sáttir, 86; enda á þat at h. með þeim síðan, ii. 336.
    IV. to hold, compel, bind (with the notion of obligation or duty); heldr mik þá ekki til utan-ferðar, Nj. 112; þó heldr þik várkunn til at leita á, i. e. thou art excused, thou hast some excuse in trying, 21; var auðsætt hvat til hélt um sættir, Bjarn. 70; þik heldr eigi hér svá mart, at þú megir eigi vel bægja héraðs-vist þinni, Eb. 252; þar mælir þú þar, er þik heldr várkunn til at mæla, Nj. 227; ek mun vera vinr hans, ok alla þá, er at mínum orðum láta, halda til vináttu við hann, i. e. I will be his friend, and all those who lend ear to my words I will hold to friendship with him, Eg. 18.
    2. halda sik frá e-u, to keep oneself from, to refrain from a thing, Sks. 276 B; h. sik frá munaðlífi, Post. 656 A. ii. 16, Hom. 53, 135; h. sik aptr af e-u, to abstain from, Hkr. i. 512.
    V. absol. to be the cause of, be conducive to a thing; heldr þar margt til þess, there are many reasons for this, Nj. 192; vildim vér vita hvat til heldr, Fms. vii. 106; en hann vissi eigi hvat til hafði haldit, er hann kom eigi, xi. 11; margir hlutir héldu til þess, Eg. 38; þat hélt til þess, at …, Al. 94; hélt til þess ( conduced to it) góðgirnd hans, stórmennska ok vitsmunir, Fs. 29; hefir þat mjök til haldit, er ek hefi svá lengi dvalizt, at ek ætlaða, Ld. 32; hann lét bæði til h. vingan ok mágsemd, Fs. 24; heldr þat mest til at þá var komit útfall sjávar, Ld. 56; hélt þat mest til þess, at hann gafsk bezt í öllum mannraunum, 60; þat eitt hélt til, at þeir fóru eigi málum á hendr Þórði, at þeir höfðu eigi styrk til, 138.
    VI. to hold, comprise; sólar-öld heldr tuttugu ok átta ár, Rb. 510; h. skor (of weight), Grág. i. 500.
    ☞ In some instances the use of dat. and acc. wavers, e. g. halda húsum, to keep up the houses, Grág. ii. 278, 335; h. hliði, to keep the gate in repair, 265; but halda hlið (acc.), 332: to keep, observe, h. lögum, griðum, boðorðum, Glúm. 333, Grág. i. 357, ii. 166, 623. 28; hélt hann þessu sumu, Fms. x. 416 (Ágrip); halda ílla orðum, vii. (in a verse); þeir er því þingi áttu at h., Glúm. 386; h. sáttum, St. 17; h. eiðum, Bkv. 18; Gizuri þótti biskup h. ríkt ( protect strongly) brennu-mönnum, Sturl. i. 201 C; Guð er sínum skepnum heldr (keeps, protects) ok geymir, Mar.; þá hélt engi kirkju mönnum, … kept no man safe, Fms. ix. 508; h. njósn (acc.) um e-t, Eg. 74; h. til njósn, 72; njósnir, Fms. xi. 46. In most of these instances the acc. is the correct case, and the dat. is due either to careless transcribers or incorrect speaking: in some instances an enclitic um has been taken for a dative inflexion, thus e. g. sáttum haldi in Stor. l. c. is to be restored to sátt um haldi; eiðum haldit in Bkv. l. c. to eið (for eiða) um haldit; in others the prep. um has caused the confusion, as ‘halda njósn um at’ has been changed into halda njósnum at. But in the main the distinction between the use of dat. and acc. is fixed even at the present time: the acc. seems to represent the more primitive usage of this verb, the dat. the secondary.
    C. REFLEX.:
    I. to hold oneself, to stay; héldusk þeir þá ekki fyrir norðan Stað, Fms. i. 63; mátti hann eigi þar haldask, Landn. 246; h. á baki, to keep oneself on horseback, keep one’s seat, Grág. ii. 95; munu þeir skamma stund hér við haldask, Nj. 247: to be kept, remain, þá skal hann h. með Helju, Edda 39: to resist, megu vér ekki við h. fyrir ofreflis-mönnum þessum, Nj. 254; hélzk þá ekki við honum, Eg. 289; mann er svá hefir haldisk við höfuð-syndum, Hom. 157.
    β. to hold out, last, continue; ok hélzk ferillinn, Eg. 579; hélzk undr þetta allt til dags, Nj. 272 (twice); hélzk konungdómr í kyni hans, Rb. 394; lengi síðan hélzk bruna-öld með Svíum, Yngl. S.; lengi hélzk þat í ætt þeirri, at …, Eg. 770; hélzk vinátta með þeim, Nj. 66; þat hefir enn haldizk í ætt hans, Fms. iv. 8; ok hefir þat haldizk ( it has continued to be so) síðan er ek hefi hann séð, Ld. 174; honum haldisk (imperat.) sigr ok langt líf, Ver. 57; betr þætti mér, at hún héldisk þér, that it (the luck) would hold out for thee, Fb. ii. 74; ef hann helzk í útrú sinni, if he perseveres in his untruth, 623. 26.
    γ. to be kept safe and sound; menn allir héldusk ( all bands were saved) ok svá fé, Ld. 8, Fs. 143; þar héldusk menn allir ok mestr hluti fjár, Eg. 405; hafði fé vel haldizk, has been well kept, done well, Ld. 34.
    δ. to be valid, stand; eigu þau handsöl hennar at haldask, Grág. i. 334; engi má haldask dómr hans, Edda 15; skyldu þau (the truce) haldask um þingit, Nj. 348.
    2. impers., mér helzk, e-m helzk vel, ílla, á e-u, to have a good hold, have luck with a thing; mér helzk lítt á sauða-mönnum, Grett. 110 A.
    3. recipr., haldask á, to hold or pull one against another, wrestle, (hence á-höld); var sagt Magnúsi, at þeir héldisk á úti, that they were fighting outside, Sturl. ii. 44.
    II. part. pass. haldinn, [Dan. holden], so ‘holden,’ in such and such a state; vel haldinn, in good condition, faring well, well to do, Eg. 20, 234; hugðusk þar ok haldnir ( safe) mundu vera, Ver. 34; þungliga h., very sick, Eg. 565, Hkr. ii. 199; vel haldinn, doing well; tak heldr annat fé, svá mikit, at þú þykisk vel haldinn af, i. e. fully satisfied, having got full redress, Boll. 350; Sveinn sagði, at hann vill hafa tvá hluti fjárins, Hrani sagðisk ekki af því haldinn ( satisfied) vera, Fms. iv. 31: in the phrase, heilu ok höldnu, safe and sound, Bs. i. 191, Fms. xi. 376, Hkr. i. 319; með höldnu hljóði, preserving the sound, Skálda 175.
    2. ok mun þykkja sér misboðit ef þú ert haldinn (kept, protected), Finnb. 344.
    β. kept, observed, Fms. xi. 99.
    γ. held in custody, in prison, Bs. i. 419, Sturl. i. 151.
    III. gerund., haldandi, holding good, valid; sá dómr er eigi haldandi, is not valid, K. Á. 304; af öllu afli er friðr haldandi, Hom. 5.
    2. part. act., með upp haldandi höndum, with uplifted hands, Bs. i. 684.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HALDA

  • 6 LÚKA

    (lýk; lauk, lukum; lokinn), v.
    1) to shut (= lúka aptr);
    2) to end, bring to an end, finish, conclude, with dat. (hann lauk rœðu sinni);
    þá er menn höfðu lokit lögskilum at mæla, when they had finished their pleading;
    3) to pay, lúka e-m e-t (svá mikit fé, sem vér eigum konunginum at lúka);
    4) impers., lýkr e-u, it is at an end;
    lýkr þar nú sögunni, here the story ends;
    eptir þat var lokit þinginu, after that the Thing was broken up;
    var þess ván, at illa mundi illum lúka, that it would end badly with a bad man;
    þá var lokit öllum vistum nema hval, all stores were exhausted, except whale;
    absol., svá lauk at lyktum, finally it ended so that;
    lýkr svá, at þeir kaupa þessu, it ended so that they struck the bargain;
    áðr en lýkr, áðr lýkr, before the end comes (nærr munum við gangast áðr lýkr);
    um þat er lýkr, finally, in the end;
    5) with preps.:
    lúka aptr, to shut, with acc. or dat. (lúka aptr hurðina or hurðinni);
    lúka e-u í sundr, to open (lúk heill munni í sundr);
    impers., er í sundr lauk firðinum, when the fjord opened;
    lúka upp, to open, with dat. or acc. (lúka upp hurðinni or hurðina);
    lúka upp augum, to open the eyes;
    to declare, make known (en er jarl hafði því upp lokit, at hann mundi fylgja þeim);
    lúka uppgørð, to deliver a judgement (of an umpire);
    impers., lýkr e-u upp, it opens;
    lúka vel (illa) við e-n, to behave well (ill), deal fairly (unfairly) with a person (Bolli fekk Sigríði gjaforð göfugt ok lauk vel við hana);
    lúka við, to end (má vera, at svá lúki við, at þér þykki alkeypt);
    lúka yfir, impers., to come to an end, to a final issue (skal nú yfir lúka með oss);
    6) refl., lúkast, to be shut (ok þegar laukst hurðin á hæla honum);
    to come to an end, to end (hér lýkst sjá bók);
    lúkast upp, to open (fjallit laukst upp norðan).
    * * *
    pres. lýk; pret. lauk, laukt (mod. laukst), lauk; pl. luku; subj. lyki; part, lokinn; mod. ljúka, which form is not found in old writers; [Scot. louk; Shetl. lock; Dan. lukke]:
    I. to shut; lúka korn-hlöðum, Stj. 212: but mostly with prep., lúka upp, to open; lúka aptr, to shut, both with acc. and dat., in mod. usage with dat. solely; lúka upp mína kistu, Fbr. 46 new Ed.; but, lýkr þá upp kistunni, dat. (in the same page): ok hjarra-grind, svá at menn lúki upp af hrossi ok aptr ef vill, Grág. ii. 264; eru menn skyldir at lúka löghlið aptr á löggarði, ef sá maðr lýkr eigi aptr hliðit, 265; hann lýkr aptr fjósinu ok býr svá um at ekki má upp lúka, Gísl. 29; hann lýkr aptr eptir sér ramliga, 30; lúka upp hurðum, Vall. 218: lúka upp augum, to open the eyes, Bs. i. 318; but, lúka aptr augum, to shut the eyes: tak þú nú við kistu-lyklum mínum, þvíat ek mun þeim eigi lúka optar, Nj. 94; síðan lauk hann upp skemmuna, Fms. vi. 189; lúka upp dyrnar, viii. 332; tóku þá frá slagbranda ok luku upp hurðina, Ó. H. 135: nokkuru síðar var lokit (upp) úti-hurðu, Bs. i. 627; so also, lúka sundr munni, to open the mouth, Háv. 25 new Ed.
    II. metaph., lúka upp, to open one’s mind, declare, speak out; en er jarl hafði því upp lokið ( when he had made known) at hann mundi fylgja þeim, Ó. H. 54; nú skal þat upp lúka fyrir yðr er mér hefir lengi í skapi búit, 32; Guð heyrði bæn hans ok lauk upp fyrir honum öllum þessum hlutum, revealed to him all these things, Stj. 5.
    2. as a law term, lúka upp görð, to deliver a judgment, of an umpire, Fs. 49, Nj. 77; málin kómu í dóm Vermundar, en hann lauk görðum upp á Þórsness-þingi, Eb. 246; vil ek nú lúka upp sættar-görð milli þeirra Steinars ok Þorsteins, Eg. 735, passim; see görð.
    3. lúka við, to end; vera má at svá lúki við, áðr vit skiljum, at þér þykki alkeypt, Eb. 266.
    4. lúka yfir, to come to a bitter end; eigi vil ek við sonu þína sættum taka, ok skal nú yfir lúka með oss, Nj. 200; þar á móti freistar hinn frækni hversvetna, áðr yfir lúki, the bold will not give up as long as any chance is left, Al. 100; ok hugði, at þá mundi bráðast yfir lúka hans ætt ok þeirra frænda ef hann hætti til þeirra afar-kosta, it would then come to a final issue, Fms. viii. 24.
    III. to end, bring to an end, finish; nú lúku vér hér Hólmverja-sögu, Ísl. ii. 118; ok lúku vér hér þessum þætti, Njarð. 384; lúku vér svá Vápnfirðinga-sögu, Vápn. (fine); lið allt mundi vera niðri í Eyjum at lúka heyverkum, Nj. 113; þá er menn höfðu lokið lögskilum at mæla, when men had done, finished their pleading, Lv. 52.
    2. as a law term, to bring a case to a conclusion, discharge; vilju vér nú lúka málinu þótt þú ráðir einn skildaganum, Nj. 81; at vit Guðmundr görim um ok lúkim málinu, Ölk. 35; er hann hafði lokit erendum sínum, Sturl. iii. 280; vil ek nú svá at einu lúka málum mínum at þér líki vel ok Einari, Eg. 731.
    3. the phrase, lúka vel, ílla við e-n (ellipt. qs. lúka málum), to behave well (ill), deal fairly (unfairly), with a person, with the notion of a final dealing; at þeim mundi fjándskapr í þykkja ef hann lýkr ílla við þá, Eb. 114; at hann mundi enn ílla við þá lúka, Lv. 23; Bolli fékk Sigríði gjaforð göfugt, ok lauk vel við hana, Boll. 362.
    4. lúka e-u af, to finish: lúka við e-t, id.
    5. in mod. usage, ljúka and ljúka e-u, to have done eating; ljúka úr askinum, to eat up one’s platefull, leave nothing; eg get ekki lokið því, I cannot eat it all.
    IV. to pay, discharge, with acc. of the amount; lúka e-m e-t, svá mikit fé sem vér eigum konunginum at lúka, Fms. vi. 148; ok lúka í gulli eðr brendu silfri, Bs. i. 31; nú bera þeir vitni er hann lauk skuld þeirri allri sér af hendi, N. G. L. i. 32; luku þeir jarli fé svá at honum gazt at, Grett. 59 new Ed.; hann skal lúka Hallvarði fjóra mánaðar mati, Anal. 295: acc., hina fyrstu skuld lýk ek með þessu Grímhildi systur, Þiðr. 324: to discharge, of duties, Snorri kvaðsk mundu lúka erendum þeirra, Eb. 212.
    V. impers. it opens; er í sundr lauk firðinum, when the fjord (the entrance) opened, Krók. 59; ok er þeir kómu fyrir Reykjanes, ok þeir sá firðinum upp lúka, Eg. 128.
    2. it is at an end; followed by dat., lokit skal nú okkarri vináttu, Ísl. ii. 238; áðr en lúki þessi stefnu, Fms. x. 358; var þess ván, at ílla mundi íllum lúka, that it would end badly with a bad man, Fas. iii. 314; ok er lokit var drápunni, Ísl. ii. 237; ok lýkr þar nú sögunni, here the Saga ends, 186, 276; ok lýkr þar þessi sögu, Eb. (fine) and passim; ok lýkr hér nú Laxdæla-sögu, Ld. 334; þá var lokit öllum vistum nema hval, all stores at an end, all eaten up, Bs. i. 208; honum lézk allokit allri ván, all hope gone, 198; lauk svá þessum málum, Eg. 733; áðr þeim fundi lúki, Lv. 52.
    VI. absol., svá lauk at lyktum, it ended so that …, Ísl. ii. 269; lýkr svá, at þeir kaupa þessu, it ended so that they struck the bargain, Valla L. 216; lýkr þar frá honum at segja, there it ends to tell of him, passim; nær munu vit gangask áðr en lýkr, Nj. 176; þú munt ærit mjök elska féit, áðr lýkr, Gullþ. 7.
    VII. reflex. to be opened, open; fjallit lauksk upp norðan (opened), Eb. 28, Krók. 52; ok þegar lauksk hurðin á hæla honum, Edda 2:—to come to an end, ok er um þetta allfjölrætt á þingi hversu þessi mál mundu lúkask, Nj. 109: hér lýksk ( here ends) sjá bók, Íb. (fine):—gékk Haldóra með barni, ok lauksk seint um hennar hag. H. was heavy with child, and it went slowly on with her, Sturl. i. 199; at þessarar konu eymd yfir lúkisk á einhvern hátt, can come to some end, Bs. ii. 173:—to be discharged, skal þetta fé upp lúkask ( be paid out) af lögmanni, N. G. L. ii. 12.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LÚKA

  • 7 HINN

    * * *
    I)
    (hin, hitt), dem. pron.
    1) the other; á hinn fótinn, on the other leg; pl. the others, the rest (Kimbi bar sár sín engan mun betr en hinir);
    2) emphatically, that; hitt ek hugða, that was what I thought; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know.
    (hin, hit), def. art., before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive, the, = inn, enn( eptir hinni eystri kvísl).
    * * *
    1.
    HIN, HIT, the article, an enclitic, which therefore can never serve as an accentuated syllable in a verse, either as rhyme or in alliteration. In good old MSS. (e. g. Cod. Reg. of Sæm.) it is hardly ever spelt with the aspirate, but is written inn, in, it or ið, or enn, en, et or eð, and thus distinguished from the demonstr. pron. hinn; but in the Editions the prob. spurious aspirate has been generally prefixed: an indecl. inu or hinu occurs often in later MSS. of the 14th century, e. g. the Fb.; but as it has not been heard of since and is unknown in the modern language, it simply seems to be a Norwegianism, thus, inu sömu orð, Th. 2; hinnu fyrri biskupa (gen. pl.), H. E. ii. 79; enu instu luti ( res intimas), Hom. 57 (Norse MS.); hinu ágæztu menn (nom. pl.), id.; innu óargu dýra, 657 A. ii. 12: [cp. Goth. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]
    A. The:
    I. preceding the noun:
    1. before an adjective standing alone or followed by a substantive; inn mæri, inn ríki, inn dimmi dreki, inn mikli mögr, Vsp.; in aldna, id.; inn góða mjöð, the good mead, Gm. 13; inn mæra mjöð, Skm. 16; inn helga mjöð, Sdm. 18; in forna fold, Hým. 24; in fríða frilla, 30; inn fróði jötum, Vþm. 20; inn gamli þulr, 9; inn hára þul, Fm. 34; inn fráni ormr, 19; opt inn betri bilar þá er inn verri vegr, Hm. 127; in alsnotra ambátt, in arma, Þkv.; enn fróði afi, Skm. 2; in ílla mæra, 32; enn fráni ormr, 27; eð manunga man, Hm. 163; enn aldna jötun, 104; en horska mær, 95; it betra, Stor. 22; ena þriðju, the third, Vsp. 20; inn móður-lausi mögr, Fm. 2; it gjalla gull, ok it glóðrauða fé, 9; ið fyrsta orð, Sdm. 14; enu skírleita goði, Gm. 39; in glýstömu græti, Hðm. 1; in svásu goð, Vþm. 17; enum frægja syni, Hm. 141; at ins tryggva vinar, 66; ennar góðu konu, 100; ins svinna mans, 162; ens dýra mjaðar, 141; ens hindra dags, 109; ens unga mans, Skm. 11; ens deykkva hrafns, Skv. 2. 20; æ til ins eina dags, Fm. 10; ena níundu hverja nótt, Skm. 21: with the ordinals, inn fyrsti, þriði …, Gm. 6 sqq., Sdm. 21 sqq.
    2. so also before an adverb; it sama, likewise, Hm. 75, Fm. 4, Vþm. 22, 23, Gm. 15, Hdl. 26.
    3. as an indecl. particle ‘in’ or ‘en’ before a comparative; in heldr, the more, Hm. 60, Sdm. 36, Hkv. 1. 12, Skv. 1. 21, Gh. 3, Nj. 219; in lengr, the longer, Am. 58, 61; this has been already mentioned s. v. en (p. 127, B. at bottom, and p. 128), but it is almost exclusively poetical.
    II. placed between a pronoun and an adjective in the definite form:
    1. after a demonstr.; sá inn fráni ormr, Fm. 26; sá inn harði hallr, Gs. 10; sá inn aldni jötun, Skm. 25; sá inn ámáttki jötunn, 10; þat ið mikla men, Þkv. 13; þat ið litla, ‘that the little,’ i. e. the little thing, Ls. 44: þann inn alsvinna jötun, Vþm. 1; þann inn aldna jötun, Fm. 29; þann inn hrímkalda jötun, 38; þess ins alsvinna jötuns, Vþm. 5; þat it unga man, Alm. 6; þann inn aldna jötun, Gm. 50; þau in harðmóðgu ský, 41; sá inn máttki munr, 93; mönnum þeim enum aldrœnum, Hbl. 44; börn þau in blíðu, Og. 9; hrís þat ið mæra, Akv. 5: in prose, fjölmenni þat it mikla, Eg. 46; þetta it mikla skip, Fms. x. 347, passim: with ordinals, segðu þat ið eina, say that the first, Vþm. 20; þat ið þriðja, fjórða …, 20 sqq.
    2. after a possessive; síns ins heila hugar, síns ins svára sefa, Hm. 105; þíns ins hvassa hjörs, Fm. 29; minn inn hvassi hjörr, 6; míns ins hvassa hjörs, 28; bækr þínar inar bláhvítu, Hðm.
    3. after a pers. pron.: þú hinn armi, thou wretch! Ld. 326; gakk þú hingat hinn mikli maðr! Eg. 488.
    III. placed between two nouns in apposition:
    1. between a proper name and a title or epithet in the definite form; Sigurðr inn Suðræni, Sigurd the Southerner, Skv. 3. 4; Atli inn Ríki, Akv. 29; Högna ins frækna, Hjalla ins blauða, 23; Guðröðr inn Göfugláti, Ýt.; Hamðir inn hugumstóri, Hðm. 25; Kjötva’nn (= Kjötva enn) Auðga, Hornklofi; Svan enum Rauða, Álfr enn Gamli, Hdl.; as also in prose, Ívarr inn Víðfaðmi, Haraldr enn Hárfagri, Ólafr inn Digri, Knútr inn Fundni, Auðr in Djúpauðga, Þorbjörg in Digra, Hildr in Mjófa, Steinólfr inn Lági, Þorkell inn Hávi, Kjarlakr inn Gamli, Björn inn Austræni, Ólafr inn Hvíti, Hálfdan inn Svarti, Sighvatr inn Rauði, Kyjólfr inn Grá, Gestr inn Spaki; Ari inn Fróði (Aren Froðe contr. = Are enn Froðe, Ó. T. 23, line 1), Ketill inn Heimski, Knútr inn Ríki, Eadvarðr inn Góði, Hálfdan inn Mildi, Ingjaldr inn Illráði, Helgi inn Magri, Úlfr inn Skjálgi, Landn., Fb. iii; cp. Gr. Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων, Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος, Germ. Nathan der Weise, Engl. Alfred the Great, etc.: of ships, Ormr inn Langi, Ormr inn Skammi.
    2. between an appellative and an adjective; sveinn inn hvíti, Ls. 20; hendi inni hægri, 61; þengill inn meins-vani, Gm. 16; seggr inn ungi, Skm. 2; skati inn ungi, Hdl. 9; brúðr in kappsvinna, Am. 75; hest inn hraðfæra, Gh. 18; varr inn vígfrækni, gumi inn gunnhelgi, Hðm. 30; auð inn fagra, Skv. 1. 13; orm inn frána, 1, 11; fjánda inn fólkská, Fm. 37; konungr inn Húnski, Skv. 3. 8, 18, 63, 64; orð ið fyrra, Og. 9; mál ið efsta, 16; seggr inn suðræni, Akv. 3; seggr inn æri, 6; mar’inum mélgreypa, 3, 13; borg inni há, 14; sól inni suðrhöllu, 30; veðrs ens mikla, Hkv. 1. 12; handar ennar hægri, Ls. 38, 61; vífs ins vegliga, Am. 54; konung inn kostsama, Hkm.; gramr inn glaðværi, id.; hlut inn mjóvara, Ýt. 13; konungr inn kynstóri, fylkir inn framlyndi, hilmi’nom hálsdigra, konu’na Dönsku, hverr’ enni Heinversku, Hornklofi, Sæm. (Möb.) 228–231; við arm inn vestra, Sighvat; so also in prose passim.
    B. When there was no adjective the article became a suffix to the noun (see Gramm. pp. xix, xx), a usage common even in early prose, but extremely rare in poetry; the reason is, not that the poems were composed before the suffixed article had come into use, but that the metres themselves in which all the old poems were composed are older than that usage, and are not well adapted to it, so that the absence of the article became traditional. The old poem Harbarðsljóð makes an exception, no doubt not from being later than all other poems, but from being composed in a peculiar metre, half verse and half prose; thus in that single poem alone there are nearly twenty instances, or about twice or thrice as many as in all the other poems together:—váginn, Hbl. 2, 13, 15; sundit, 1, 3, 8, 13; verðinum, 4; eikjunni, 7; skipit, id.; stöðna, landit, id.; leiðina, 55; höfuðit, 15; bátinum, 53; veggsins, stokksins, steinsins, 56; matrinn, 3: other solitary instances are, goðin öll, Vsp. 27 (prob. somewhat corrupt); eiki-köstinn, Gh. 20; vömmin vár, Ls. 52.
    II. in prose, old and modern, the suffixed article occurs at every step; only one or two instances are worth noticing as peculiar to the Icelandic:
    1. as vocative in addressing; konan, O woman! mjöðnannan, id., Sighvat (in a verse of A. D. 1018, and so in mod. usage); elskan! hjartað! heillin! ástin, my love! dear! heart! þursinn! Fas. i. 385; hundarnir! = ω κύνες, Od. xxii. 35: also with another word, barnið gott, good child! Þrúðnaþussinn, thou monster giant! Miðgarðs-ormrinn! Fas. i. 373.
    2. esp. if with a possessive adjective following, as in Gr. οὑμός, τοὐμόν, τἀμά, etc.; elskan mín, ástin mín, hjartað mitt, góðrinn minn! hér er nú ástin mín, here is my darling! Sturl. ii. 78, of a father presenting a darling child to a friend; and so in mod. usage: as abuse, hundrinn þinn, thou dog! Ísl. ii. 176; þjófrinn þinn! Fms. vii. 127; dyðrillinn þinn! ii. 279; hundinum þínum! vi. 323: this use is not confined to the vocative, e. g. konan mín biðr að heilsa, my wife (kona mín is never used); maðrinn minn, my husband; biddu foreldrana þína ( ask thy parents) að lofa þér að fara; augun hans, his eyes, Pass. 24. 4; hugrinn vor og hjartað sé, our mind and heart (cp. Gr. τω ἐμω θυμω), 43. 5; svo hjartað bæði og málið mitt | mikli samhuga nafnið þitt, 10. 7; gef þú að móður-málið mitt, 35. 9; bókin mín, my favourite book, my own book; as also, fáðu mér hattinn minn, vetlingana mína, skóna mína, give me my hat, gloves, shoes; tungan í þér, augun í þér, thy tongue, thy eyes; höfuðið á mér, fætrnir á mér, my head, my feet; hendrnar á þér (‘á mér, á þér’ are here equivalent to a possessive, see p. 37, C. IV), thy hands, cp. Homer, τα σα γούνατα; hestana þína, Gr. ϊππους τους σούς: similar is the instance, vömmin vár, the sins of ours, Ls. 52; this may be a remnant of a time when the article was used separately, even with an indefinite adjective.
    3. a double article, one suffixed to the noun and the other prefixed to the word in apposition; hirðin sú in Danska, Fms. vi. 323; þau in stóru skipin, viii. 384 and passim: again, when a noun is put in the genitive after another noun the former has no article; as the Engl. phrase ‘the fish of the sea and the fowl of the air’ is in Icel. ‘fiskar sjávarins og fuglar loptsins:’ but this belongs to the syntax; see also Grimm’s D. G. iv. 432.
    C. SPECIAL CHANGES, in mod. usage:
    I. the demonstr. pron. sá, sú, það has in speech generally taken the place of inn, in, it; thus, sá gamli maðr, sú gamla kona, það gamla skáld; sometimes the article is dropped altogether, e. g. á fimta degi, on the fifth day (= á enum fimta degi); á sömn stundu, in the same hour; even in old writers this is found, með sömu ætlan, Bs. i. 289; á níundu tíð dags, Stj. 41, (but rarely); yet the old form is often retained in writing.
    II. in case A. II. the article may be dropped; þann gamla maim, þá gömlu konu, það gamla skáld, þú armi, etc.; sá ráða-góði, sú goðum-líki, sá ágæti Odysseifr, sú vitra Penelopa, sá Jarðkringjandi Pósídon, Od. passim (in Dr. Egilsson’s translation).
    III. in case A. III. 1. the article is also dropped, Knútr Ríki, Haraldr Hárfagri; even old writers (esp. in later vellums) omitted it now and then, Hálfdan Svarta, Fms. i. 1; Haraldr Grænski, 90; Haraldr Hárfagri, 192; Óttarr ungi, Hdl.: even in the Sæm. Cod. Reg., Völsungr ungi, Skv. 3. 1, 3.
    IV. in case A. III. 2. the pronouns sá, sú, það, and hinn, hin, hit may be used indiscriminately, although the former is more usual.
    V. lastly, in case B. the suffixed article has gained ground, and is in modern prose used more freq. than in ancient.
    ☞ CONCLUSION.—The old poetical language, with the sole exception of a single poem, had no article in the modern and proper sense; in every instance the ‘inn, in, it’ bears the character of a demonstrative pronoun, preceding an adjective and enhancing and emphasising its sense, like the pers. pron. hann, q. v.; but it is never attached to a single substantive; when the adjective was placed in apposition after a noun, the pronoun came to stand as an enclitic just after the noun, and was sounded as if suffixed thereto; at last it was tacked as an actual suffix to single nouns standing without apposition, and thus the true suffixed article gradually arose, first in speech, then in writing; whereas at the same time the old pronominal enclitic (A. I-III) gradually went out of use, and was either dropped or replaced by the stronger demonstrative pronoun ‘sá, sú.’
    2.
    HIN, HITT, demonstr. pron., prob. identical in etymology with the preceding word, from which it is however distinguished,
    1. by the neut. hitt, Dan. hint;
    2. by the initial aspirate, which is never dropped;
    3. by being a fully accentuated pronoun, so that the h can stand as an alliterative letter, e. g. handar ennar hægri | mun ek hinnar geta, Ls.; veitkat ek hitt hvart Heita | hungr …, Hallfred; Hitt kvað þá Hamðir, etc., Hom. 23, 25, Korm. 40; Raun er hins at Heinir | hræ …; Skáld biðr hins at haldi | hjálm …, Sighvat, Hkv. Hjörv. 26: [Ulf. jains = ἐκεινος; A. S. geond; Engl. yon; Germ. jener.]
    A. This pronoun is used,
    I. in a demonstr. sense, emphatically and without being opp. to a preceding demonstr.; raun er hins at …, it is proved that …; skáld biðr hins, at …, Sighvat; veitkat ek hitt hvat (hvárt) …, Hallfred; hitt ek hugða, emphatically, that was what I thought, I thought forsooth, Hm. 98; hitt kvað pá Hróðrglóð, Hðm. 13; hitt kvað þá Hamðir, 25; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know, Vþm. 3, 6; þó ek hins get, ef …, yet I guess, that if …, Skm. 24; vita skal hitt, ef …, Korm. 40 (in a verse), Ísl. ii. 225 (in a verse); hitt var fyrr = in former times, formerly, Ýt., Fs. 94 (in a verse); hinn er sæll, er …, he is happy, that …, Hm. 8; maðr hinn er …, ‘man he that’ = the man who, 26; hinn er Surts ór Sökkdölum, Edda 51 (in a verse); veitat hinn er tin tannar, hinn er um eyki annask, Kormak (in a verse); handar innar hægri mun ek hinnar geta, er …, the right hand, that hand namely, which …, Ls. 38; this usage scarcely occurs except in old poetry.
    II. demonstr. referring to another pronoun, denoting the former, farther, the other, = Dan. hiin, hint, Germ. jener, cp. Gr. ἐκεινος, Lat. ille; freq. in prose, old and mod.; fóru þeir með þau skip er þeim þóttu bezt en brenndu hin, Fms. v. 8; Kimbi bar sár sitt engan mun betr en hinir, er hann hafði áðr á fært, 92; en hitt er meira, at hann lætr sér annarra manna fé jafnheimilt, Eg. 47; kemr örvar-oddrinn í strenglag hinnar örvarinnar, Fb. iii. 405; er þú hefir mik fyrir lagt á hinu áðr, 407; hinir frændr þínir, ii. 425; á hinn fótinn, on that, the other leg, Nj. 97; þat er válítið, … hitt er undr …, Ls. 33; hinir hlaða seglunum ok bíða, Fms. x. 347; ef hinn ( the other part) er eigi þar við staddr, Grág. i. 52; hvárt hinn ( the other one) hefir jafnmikit fé hins ( of the other one) er austr er, 220; rétt er at kveðja frá hennar heimili ef hann veit hvártki hinna (gen. pl.), 339; ok vill annarr hluta en annarr eigi … ok verðr sem hinn mæli ekki um er eigi vill hluta, 393; ef maðr sendir annan mann til eindaga, ok erat hinn skyldr við at taka, id.; þess á milli er hón fór at sofa á kveldit, ok hins er hón var klædd, Ld. 14; ærit fögr er mær sjá, … en hitt veit ek eigi hvaðan þjófs-augu eru komin í ættir várar, forsooth she is a beautiful girl, but yet I know not, Nj. 2:—demonstr. in the sense of this (but rare), stjörnur þær er nær eru leiðar-stjöruu ganga aldri undir með oss, en í Blálandi eðr Arabia ganga hinar stjörnur, these very stars, Rb. 468: phrases, hitt ok annat, this and the other, Rd. 235; mod. hitt og þetta.
    B. COMPOUND FORMS, hinn-ug, hinn-og, or hins-ig, mod. hins-egin, also hizig, q. v. [from vegr], adv. the other way; þótt Gísl þykki hinsig (hinn veg, v. l.) eigi síðr til vísa, Fms. vii. 46; hinnig værir þú undir brún at líta sem …, Nj. 55: locally, there, in the other place, illic, ok láta bera vætti þat hinneg var nefnt, Grág. i. 90; heimta af erfingja ef hinnig er eigi til, K. Þ. K. 28; brenndi þar ok görði hervirki eigi minna enn hinneg, Fms. vi. 340; ef hinnig mundi kostr, K. Þ. K. 24; eigi er hægra undir þeim at búa fyrir kulda sakir, enn hinnog er fyrir ofrhita sakir, Sks. 196; því at hón er kaldari hér en hizug, 70: temp. the other day, formerly (rare), er ek hinnig mælta, Og. 11.
    2. denoting motion, hither, thither; hinnig deyja ór Helju halir, Vþm. 43; renna hinnig, Gh. 18; ríða hinig, Fm. 26: koma hinig, Gs. 18.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HINN

  • 8 DREPA

    * * *
    (drep; drap, drápum; drepinn), v.
    I. with acc. or absol.;
    1) to stike, beat, knock;
    drepa e-n vendi, to strike one with a rod;
    hann tók hörpu sína ok drap strengi (struck the strings) til sláttar; drepa járn, to hammer iron;
    drepa or drepa högg á dyrr, to knock at the door;
    drepa botn úr keraldi, to knock the bottom out of a tub;
    at eigi drepir þú mik í dúp, that you knock me not into the deep;
    drepa í hel, í dauða, til heljar, to smite to death;
    2) to kill, slay (skulu vér nú fara at honum ok drepa hann);
    3) in a game of chess, to take a piece (þá drap jarl af honum riddara);
    drepa eld, to strike, fire (= drepa upp eld);
    drepa slóð, to make a trail (drápu kyrtlarnir döggslóðina);
    5) with prep., drepa af, to kill, slaughter (cattle);
    drepa niðr, to kill off (þótt hirðmenn þínir sé drepnir niðr sem svn);
    drepa sik ór dróma, to get rid of (throw off) a fetter;
    drepa til e-s, to strike, hit, at one;
    drepa e-t undir sik, to knock or drag down (skaltu standa hiá, er fjándi sá drepr mik undir sik);
    drepa upp eld = drepa eld;
    drepa e-t út, to divulge a thing;
    drepa yfir e-t, to hide, suppress;
    drap hann brátt yfir (he soon mastered) harm sinn;
    6) refl., drepast, to perish, die, esp. of cattle (fé hans drapst aldri af drephríðum);
    recipr. to put one another to death (þá diepast menn fyrir ágirni sakir);
    drepa menn fyrir, to kill one another’s men;
    7) impers., drepr honuin aldregi ský (acc.) í augu, his eyes never get clouded;
    ofrkappit (acc.) drepr fyrir þeim (their high spirits break down), þegar haminjan brestr; drap þó heldr í fyrir honum, he rather grew worse, his eyes grew weaker;
    nú drepr ór hljóð (acc.) fyrst ór konunginum, the king became silent at once;
    þá drap stall ór hjarta hans, his heart failed;
    ofan drap flaugina, the vane was knocked down;
    regn (acc.) drepr í gegnum et, the rain beats through (the thatch);
    II. with dat.;
    1) to put, thrust;
    hendi drap á kampa, he put his hand to his beard;
    drepa fœti (fótum) í eð, to strike (knock) one’s foot against, stumble over (drap fótunum í þrøskuldinn ok lá fallinn);
    drepa höfði, to droop (with) the head (Egill drap höfðin niðr í feld sinn);
    drepa fingri í munn sér, to put the finger into the mouth;
    drepa hendi til es, við em, to give one a slap with the hand;
    drepa hendi við e-u, to wave away with the hand to refuse a kind offer (drepa hendi við boðnu gulli);
    2) to tuck up the sleeves or skirts of a garment (hann hafði drepit upp skautunum);
    drepa hári undir belti sér, to tuck the hair under the belt (of a lady);
    3) to dip, immerse;
    drepa skeggi (the beard) í Breiðafjörð, to be drowned in B. drepa barni I vatn, to baptize a child;
    4) drepa orði, dómi á et, to talk, judge of;
    drepa huldu á et, to hide, keep secret;
    drepa e-u á dreif, see dreif; fig., drepa í egg e-u, to turn a deaf ear to;
    5) spoil (drepa gleði, teiti es);
    drepa kosti es, to destroy one’s happiness;
    impers. drap þá skjótt kosti, the cheer was soon gone;
    6) drepa niðr e-u, to suppress (drepa niðr konungs rétti, illu orði);
    drepa niðr sœmd es, to drag down one’s reputation, to disparage one;
    drepa niðr máli, to quash a lawsuit.
    * * *
    pret. drap, 2nd pers. drapt, mod. drapst, pl. drápu; pret. subj. dræpi; part. drepit; pres. drep; with the suff. neg. pret. drap-a. Orkn.: [A. S. drepan; Dan. dræbe; Swed. drapa; O. H. G. trefan; mod. Germ. treffen, whence the mod. Dan. treffe, in the sense to hit; Ulf. uses slahan and stautjan, but never dripan; in Engl. the word is lost.]
    A. WITH ACC., OR ABSOL. högg ( a blow) or the like being understood, to strike, beat:
    I. act. of music, to strike the chords, (cp. phrases such as, slá danz, to strike up for a dance; slagr is battle and poem, Trolla-slagr and Gýgjar-slagr are names of poems); hann tók hörpu sína ok drap strengi ( struck the strings) til slags, Stj. 458 (hence drápa, a song); d. e-n vendi, to strike with a rod, Skm. 26: to knock, d. á dyrr, or d. högg á dyrr, to knock at a door, Nj. 150; síðan gengu þau heim bæði ok drápu á dyrr, 153; drápu þar á dyrr, Sturl. iii. 154: metaph., d. á e-t, to touch slightly on a matter; d. botn ór keraldi, to knock the bottom out of a jar, Fms. xi. 34; d. járn, to beat iron (a blacksmith’s term) with a sledge-hammer, Grett. 129, cp. drep-sleggja.
    2. esp. with the sense of violence, to knock, strike; áfallit hafði drepit hann inn í bátinn, Bs. i. 422; at eigi drepir þú mik í djúp, that thou knockest me not into the deep, Post. 656 B. 9; herða klett drep ek þér hálsi af, Ls. 57.
    β. as a law term, to smite, strike; ef maðr drepr ( smites) mann, ok varðar þat skóggang, Grág. ii. 116; eigu menn eigi at standa fyrir þeim manni er drepit hefir annan, id.; ef maðr drepr mann svá at bein brotna, 14; nú vænisk sá maðr því er drap, at…, 15; þat er drep ef bein brotna, ok verðr sá úæll till dóms er drepit hefir, 16; nú vænisk hinn því, at hann hafi drepit hann, 19.
    γ. the phrases, d. e-n til heljar, Grág. ii. 161, or d. til dauðs, to smite to death; Josúa drap til dauða alla þjóð Anakim, Stj. 456; d. í hel, id., Hbl. 27; hence
    3. metaph. or ellipt. to kill, put to death, cp. Lat. caedere, Engl. smite; eigi er manni skylt at d. skógarmann, þótt…, Grág. ii. 162; skulu vér nú fara at honum ok d. hann, Nj. 205; þar varð illa með þeim því at Ásgrímr drap Gaut, 39; til þess at d. Grim, Eg. 114; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs en drápu suma, Fms. i. 6; er drepit hafði fóstra hans …, eigi hæfir at d. svá fríðan svein …, d. skyldi hvern mann er mann údæmðan vá, 80; konung drápum fyrstan, Am. 97; drap hann ( smote with the hammer) hina öldnu jötna systur, Þkv. 32; d. mátti Freyr hann með hendi sinni, Edda 23.
    β. in a game (of chess), to take a piece; þá drap jarl af honum riddara, Fms. iv. 366; taflsins er hann hafði drepit, vi. 29; Hvítserkr hélt töfl einni er hann hafði drepit, Fas. i. 285.
    γ. adding prepp. af, niðr, to slaughter, kill off; þótt hirðmenn þínir sé drepnir niðr sem svín, Fms. vii. 243: d. af, to slaughter (cattle); yxni fimm, ok d. af, Ísl. ii. 330; láttu mik d. af þenna lýð, Post. 656 B. 9.
    4. metaph. phrases; d. e-m skúta, to taunt, charge one with; áfelli þat er konungr drap oss skúta um, Fms. iv. 310; hjarta drepr stall, the heart knocks as it were against a block of stone from fear, Hkr. ii. 360, Orkn., Fbr. 36 (hence stall-dræpt hjarta, a ‘block-beating’ faint heart): d. upp eld, to strike fire, Fms. iv. 338: d. sik ór dróma, to throw off the fetter, Edda 19: d. e-t undir sik, to knock or drag down, skaltú standa hjá er fjandi sá drepr mik undir sik, Grett. 126, 101 A: d. slóð, to make a slot or sleuth (trail); d. kyrtlarnir slóðina, the cloaks trailed along the ground so as to leave a track, Gísl. 154: to trail or make a track of droves or deer, Lex. Poët.: d. e-t út, to divulge a thing (in a bad sense), Fms. vi. 208; d. yfir e-t, to hide, suppress, drap hann brátt yfir ( he soon mastered) harm sinn, Bs. i. 140 (hence yfir-drep, hypocrisy, i. e. cloaking).
    II. reflex., drepask, to perish, die, esp. of beasts; fé hans drapsk aldrei af megrð ok drephríðum, Eb. 150; drapsk allt hans fólk, Fms. v. 250.
    2. recipr. to put one another to death; þá drepask bræðr fyrir ágirni sakar, Edda 40; nú drepask menn (smite one another), eðr særask eðr vegask, Grág. ii. 92; ef menn d. um nætr, Fms. vii. 296; er sjálfir bárusk vápn á ok drápusk, viii. 53; en er bændr fundu at þeir drápusk sjálfir, 68; drepask niðr á leið fram, Ld. 238; drepask menn fyrir, to kill one another’s men, Fms. vii. 177; görðisk af því fjandskapr með þeim Steinólfi svá at þeir drápusk þar (menn?) fyrir, Gullþ. 14.
    III. impers., drepr honum aldregi ský (acc.) í augu, his eyes never get clouded, of the eagle flying in the face of the sun, Hom. 47; ofrkappit (acc.) drepr fyrir þeim ( their high spirits break down) þegar hamingjan brestr, Fms. vi. 155; drap þó heldr í fyrir honum, he rather grew worse, i. e. his eyes grew weaker, Bjarn. 59; nú drepr ór hljóð (acc.) fyrst ór konunginum, the king became silent at once, Fms. xi. 115; stall drepr ór hjarta e-s, Fbr. 36 (vide above, I. 4); ofan drap flaugina (acc.), the flaug was knocked down, Bs. 1. 422; regn drepr í gögnum e-t, the rain beats through the thatch or cover, Fagrsk. 123 (in a verse).
    β. in mod. usage, drepa is even used in the sense to drip (= drjupa), e. g. þak, hús drepr, the thatch, house lets water through.
    B. WITH DAT.:
    I. denoting gentle movement; in many cases the dat. seems to be only instrumental:
    1. of the limbs; hendi drap á kampa, be put his hand to his beard, Hom. 21; d. fæti (fótum), to stumble, prop. to strike with the foot, Nj. 112, Fas. ii. 558, Bs. i. 742, Hom. 110, Grett. 120; d. fæti í e-t, to stumble against, 103; d. fæti við e-t, id., Fas. ii. 558; d. höfði, to droop, nod with the head; drap í gras höfði, (the horse) drooped with the head, let it fall, Gkv. 2. 5; d. niðr höfði, id., Nj. 32; Egill sat svá opt, at hann drap höfðinu niðr í feld sinn (from sorrow), Eg. 322, O. H. L. 45 (for shame); d. fingri í munn sér, to put the finger into the mouth, Edda 74; fingri drap í munninn sinn (of a child), the words of a ditty; d. hendi til e-s, or við e-m, to give one a slap with the hand (inst. dat.), Nj. 27; hence metaph., d. hendi við e-u, to wave away with the hand, to refuse a kind offer, Bs. i. 636; d. hendi við boðnu gulli, Al. 75: the phrase, d. hendi við sóma sínum, cp. Al. 162.
    2. to tuck up the sleeves or skirts of a garment; d. skautum (upp), Fms. vii. 297; hann hafði drepit upp skautunum, Lv. 85; hann hafði drepit upp fyrir blöðunum undir beltið, Eb. 226: Sigurðr drap blöðunum undir belti sér, Orkn. 474; d. hári undir belti sér, to tuck the hair under the belt (of a lady), hárit tók ofan á bringuna ok drap hón (viz. því) undir belti sér, Nj. 24; hafði hár svá mikit, at hann drap undir belti sér, 272.
    II. to dip; d. skeggi í Breiðafjörð niðr, to dip the beard in the Breidafiord, i. e. to be drowned, Ld. 316; d. hendi, or fingri í vatn, to dip the hand, finger into water (vide above); d. barni í vatn, to dip a baby into water, i. e. to baptize, K. Þ. K. 10: the phrase, d. fleski í kál, to dip bacon into kale broth, Fas. iii. 381; nú taka þeir hafrstökur tvær, ok d. þeim í sýrukerin, Gísl. 7.
    β. the phrase, d. e-u, of wax, lime, butter, or the like, to daub, plaster, fill up with; þú skalt taka vax ok d. því í eyru förunauta þinna, Od. xii. 77; síðan drap eg því í eyru á öllum skipverjum, 177; vaxið er eg hafði drepið í eyru þeim, 200; d. smjöri í ílát, to fill a box with butter.
    γ. metaph. phrases; d. dul á e-t, to throw a veil over, Hkr. ii. 140, in mod. usage, draga dulur á e-t: the phrase, d. í skörðin (the tongue understood), to talk indistinctly, from loss of teeth; d. orði, dómi á e-t, to talk, reason, judge of a thing, Fms. ix. 500; d. huldu á, to hide, cloak, keep secret, xi. 106: d. e-u á dreif, prop. tothrow adrift,’ throw aside, i. e. think little of a thing, þessu var á dreif drepit, it was hushed up, Orkn. 248; áðr hafði mjök verit á dreif drepit um mál Bjarnar ( there had been much mystery about Björn), hvárt hann var lífs eðr eigi, sagði annarr þat logit, en annarr sagði satt, i. e. no one knew anything for certain, Bjarn. 20; en eigi varð vísan á dreif drepin ( the song was not thrown aside or kept secret) ok kom til eyrna Birni, 32; drápu öllu á dreif um þessa fyrirætlan, hushed it all up, Eg. 49: d. í egg e-u, prop. to bate the edge of a thing, to turn a deaf ear to, Orkn. 188, metaphor from blunting the edge of a weapon.
    δ. d. e-u niðr, to suppress a thing (unjustly); d. niðr konungs rétti, N. G. L. i. 7 5; d. niðr sæmd e-s, to pull down a person’s reputation, Boll. 346; d. niðr illu orði, to keep down a bad report, suppress it, Nj. 21; d. niðr máli, to quash a lawsuit, 33; drepit svá niðr herörinni, Fms. iv. 207.
    ε. d. glaumi, gleði, teiti e-s, to spoil one’s joy, Lex. Poët.; d. kosti e-s, to destroy one’s happiness, Am. 69: impers., drap þú brátt kosti, the cheer was soon gone, Rm. 98.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DREPA

  • 9 HEFJA

    enter on/upon
    * * *
    (hef; hóf, hófum; hafiðr and hafinn), v.
    1) to heave, raise, lift (hefja stein);
    hann hóf upp augu sin, he lifted up his eyes;
    hefja sik á lopt, to make a leap;
    hefja handa, to lift the hands (for defense);
    hefja höfuðs, to lift the head, be undaunted;
    hefja graut, to lift the porridge, eat it with a spoon;
    2) to exalt, raise in rank;
    hefja e-n til ríkis, to raise one to the throne;
    hefja mál sitt, to begin one’s speech;
    hefja ferð, to set out on a journey, to start;
    hefja flokk, to raise a party;
    hefja ákall, to raise a claim;
    impers., hefr e-t = hefr upp e-t, it begins (hér hefr Kristnisögu);
    refl., hefjast, to begin, originate (hvaðan af hefir hafizt skáldrskarpr?);
    4) impers. to be carried, drifted (by storm or tide);
    höf skipin öll saman (all the ships were drifted) inn at landinu;
    þeir létu hefja skipin ofan forstreymis, they let the ships drift down the stream;
    5) with preps.:
    hefja e-t af e-u, to take it off;
    impers., en er af henni hóf öngvit (acc.), when she recovered from her swoon;
    þá hóf af mér vámur allar, all ailments left me;
    refl., hefjast af höndum e-m, to leave one;
    hefja á rás, to take to one’s feet (= hafa á rás);
    refl., láta hefjast fyrir, to retreat, withdraw;
    hefja munn sinn í sundr, to open one’s mouth;
    impers., Birkibeina (acc.) hefr undan, the B. drew back;
    hefja e-t upp, to lift up (hann hóf orminn upp á hendi sér);
    impers., hóf honum upp brýn (acc.), his face brightened;
    hefja e-t upp, to begin (= hefja 3);
    Egill hóf upp kvæðit, E. began his poem;
    impers., hér hefr upp Konunga-bók, here begins the K.;
    refl., hefjast upp, to begin (hér hefjast upp landnám);
    hefjast upp til ófriðar (með ófriði), to begin warfare;
    láta hefjast við, to lay to (naut.).
    * * *
    pret. hóf, pl. hófu; part. hafinn, but also hafiðr (weak); pres. indic. hef; pret. subj. hæfi, with neg. suff. hóf-at, Korm.; [Ulf. hafjan; A. S. hebban; Engl. heave, pret. hove; O. H. G. hafan; Germ. heben; Dan. hæve; Swed. häfva; cp. Lat. capere, in-cipere.]
    A. To heave, lift, raise; hefja stein, to lift a stone, Eg. 142; ok munu nú ekki meira hefja fjórir menn, 140; (hón) hóf hann at lopti, hove him aloft, Ýt. 9; hefja e-n til himins, Edda 61 (in a verse); hóf hann sér af herðum hver, Hym. 36; þá er hefja af hvera (mod. taka ofan pott, to take the pot off), Gm. 42; hóf sér á höfuð upp hver Sifjar verr, Hým. 34; hón hófat augu af mér, she took not her eyes off me, Korm. 16; hann hóf upp augu sín, he lifted up his eyes, 623. 20; hefja sik á lopt, to make a leap, Nj. 144.
    2. phrases, hefja handa, to lift the hands (for defence), Nj. 65, Ld. 262; h. höfuðs, to lift the head, stand upright, be undaunted; sá er nú hefir eigi höfuðs, Nj. 213: h. sinn munn í sundr, to open one’s mouth, Sturl. iii. 189: hefja graut, skyr, etc., to lift the porridge, curds, etc., eat food with a spoon, Fms. vi. 364; Rindill hóf (Ed. hafði wrongly) skyr ok mataðisk skjótt, Lv. 63.
    3. hefja út, to lift out a body, carry it from the house (út-hafning), Eg. 24; er mik út hefja, Am. 100; var konungr hafiðr dauðr ór hvílunni, Hkr. iii. 146. The ceremony of carrying the corpse out of the house is in Icel. still performed with solemnity, and followed by hymns, usually verses 9 sqq. of the 25th hymn of the Passíu-Sálmar; it is regarded as a farewell to the home in which a person has lived and worked; and is a custom lost in the remotest heathen age; cp. the Scot. to lift.
    β. hefja (barn) ór heiðnum dómi, to lift ( a bairn) out of heathendom, is an old eccl. term for to be sponsor (mod. halda undir skírn), Sighvat (in a verse); N. G. L. i. 350 records three kinds of sponsorship—halda barni undir primsignan, önnur at hefja barn ór heiðnum dómi, þriðja at halda á barni er biskup fermir: to baptize, skal þat barn til kirkju færa ok hefja ór heiðnum dómi, 12; barn hvert er borit verðr eptir nótt ina helgu, þá skal haft vera ( baptized) at Páskum, id.
    4. to exalt, Ad. 20, cp. with Yngl. S. ch. 10; hóf hann Jóseph til sæmðar, Sks. 454; hafðr til ríkis, 458; upp hafðr, 451; önd hennar var upp höfð yfir öll engla fylki, Hom. 129; hann mektaðisk mjök ok hóf sik of hátt af þeim auðæfum, Stj. 154; at hann hæfi upp ( exaltaret) Guðs orð með tungunni, Skálda 208; konungr hóf hann til mestu metorða, 625. 31: er hans ríki hóf, 28.
    II. impers.,
    1. to be heaved, hurled, drifted, by storm, tide, or the like; þá hóf upp knörr (acc.) undir Eyjafjöllum, a ship was upheaved by the gale, Bs. i. 30; hóf öll skipin (acc. the ship drifted) saman inn at landinu, Hkr. i. 206; þetta hóf ( drifted) fyrir straumi, iii. 94; þeir létu hefja ofan skipin forstreymis, let the ship drift before the stream, Fms. vii. 253; Birkibeina hefr undan, the B. went back, ix. 528.
    2. medic., en er af henni hóf öngvit (acc. when she awoke, of one in a swoon), Bjarn. 68; þá hóf af mér vámur allar (acc. all ailments left me), svá at ek kenni mér nú hvergi íllt, Sturl. ii. 54; ek sé at þú ert fölr mjök, ok má vera, at af þér hafi, I see thou art very pale, but may be it will pass off, Finnb. 236; hóf honum heldr upp brún (acc. his face brightened), Eg. 55.
    III. reflex. to raise oneself, to rise; hefjask til ófriðar, to raise war, rebel, Eg. 264.
    β. to be raised; hefjask til ríkis, to be raised to the throne, Fms. i. 99; hefjask hátt, to be exalted, Fs. 13; hann hafði hafisk af sjálfum sér, he had risen by himself, Eg. 23; féll Hákon en hófsk upp Magnúss konungr, Sturl. i. 114; Þórðr hófsk ( rose) af þessu, Landn. 305, Hom. 152.
    2. phrases, hefjask við, to lay to, a naut. term; lét þá jarl hefjask við ok beið svá sinna manna, Fms. viii. 82; hefjask undan, to retire, draw back, Sd. 144: in the phrase, hefjask af höndum e-m, to leave one; hefsk nú aldregi af höndum þeim, give them no rest, Fms. xi. 59.
    3. part., réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framanvert, Nj. 29.
    B. Metaph. to raise, begin, Lat. incipere:
    1. to raise; hefja flokk, to raise a party, a rebellion, Fms. viii. 273; h. rannsókn, to raise an enquiry, Grág. ii. 193; h. ákall, to raise a claim, Eg. 39; h. brigð, to make a reclamation, Gþl. 295.
    2. to begin; hefja teiti, Fms. vii. 119; h. gildi, Sturl. i. 20; h. Jóla-hald, to begin ( keep) Yule, Fms. i. 31; h. boðskap, ii. 44: of a book, þar hefjum vér sögu af hinum helga Jóni biskupi, Bs. i. 151; h. mál, to begin one’s speech, Ld. 2; h. ferð, to start, Fb. ii. 38; h. orrustu.
    β. with prep. upp, (hence upp-haf, beginning); hóf Helgi upp mál sitt, Boll. 350; Egill hóf upp kvæðit, E. began his poem, 427; hann heyrði messu upp hafna, Fms. v. 225; hefja upp sálm, to begin a hymn, 623. 35; Flosi hóf upp suðrgöngu sína, F. started on his pilgrimage, Nj. 281; h. upp göngu sína, to start, Rb. 116.
    γ. hefja á rás, to take to one’s feet; síðan hefr hann á rás ok rann til bæjarins, Eg. 237; hinir Gautsku höfðu (thus weak vide hafa C. 2) á rás undan, Fms. iv. 120.
    δ. absol., hann hóf svá, he began thus, Fms. i. 33; þar hef ek upp, vii. 146; þar skal hefja upp við arftöku-mann, start from the a., Grág. i. 62.
    II. impers. to begin; hér hefr Þingfara-bólk (acc.), Gþl. 5; hér hefr upp Kristindóms-bólk, 39, 75, 378; hér hefr Landnáma-bók, Landn. 24; hér hefr upp landnám í Vestfirðinga fjórðungi, 64, 168 (v. l.), 237 (v. l.); hér hefr Kristni-Sögu, Bs. i. 3; nú hefr þat hversu Kristni kom á Ísland, id.; hér hefr sögu af Hrafni á Hrafnsevri, 639; hér hefr upp ok segir frá þeim tíðindum, er …, Fms. viii. 5; áðr en hefi sjálfa bókina, Gþl.; hér hefr sögu Gísla Súrs-sonar, Gísl. (begin.), v. l.: with upp, ok upp hefr Skáldskapar-mál ok Kenningar, Edda (Arna-Magn.) ii. 427; hér hefr upp Konunga-bók og hefr fyrst um þriðjunga-skipti heimsins, Hkr. Cod. Fris. 3; hann kom til Túnsbergs er upp hóf Adventus Domini, Fms. ix. 338.
    III. reflex. to begin; þar hefsk saga Harðar, Landn. 62; hvaðan hefir hafizk sú íþrótt, whence originates that art? Edda 47; hér hefjask upp landnám, Landn. 275; hófsk ríki Haralds konungs, king H.’s reign began, Ld. 2; áðr Rómverja-ríki hófsk, Rb. 402; hófusk (höfðusk, Ed. wrongly) þá enn orrostur af nýju, Fms. xi. 184; hvernig hafizk hefir þessi úhæfa, Al. 125; nú hefsk önnur tungl-öldin, Rb. 34; þá hefsk vetr, 70–78, 436.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HEFJA

  • 10 bera

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    að, [berr, nudus], to make bare, Lat. nudare; hon beraði líkam sinn, Bret. 22: impers., berar hálsinn (acc.), the neck became bare, Bs. i. 624.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > bera

  • 11 MJÓR

    (mjó, mjótt), a.
    1) thin, slender, slim; mjótt band, a slender cord;
    2) pointed (m. knífsoddr);
    * * *
    adj., fem. mjó, neut. mjótt, with a characteristic v, which reappears before a vowel, thus mjóvan, mjóvar, mjóvir, mjóvum; often spelt with f, mjófan, etc.; in mod. usage by elision, mjóan, etc. The forms vary in three ways, mjór, mjár, mær, analogous to sjór, sjár, sær, α. mjár, mjá, mjátt; mjá (acc. n. pl.), Stj. 201, and foot-note 21; mjár farvegr, Fms. ix. 366, v. l.; mjátt, Js. 55, Thom. 153; miaua (= mjáva) vatni, D. N. i. 81. β. mær; mævar skeiðir, the slim, narrow ships, Fms. i. 170 (in a verse),—certainly thus, not as explained in Lex. Poët. p. 567, col. 1; as also mævar hlaupsíldr, the slim herrings, in Eyvind’s verse (Hkr. i. 185); in me-fingr = mæ-fingr = mjó-fingr, taper-fingered, epithet of a lady, Hðm.: af þeim meiði er mer (i. e. mær) sýndisk, of the twig which was slim to behold, Vsp.; in the spelling of Cod. Reg. of Sæm. Edda e, ę, or æ are freq. all written with the letter e, so that mér ( mihi) and mær ( tenuis) would all be spelt alike; this reading was suggested as early as by Rask in the edition of 1818, see Bugge’s remarks in Philol. Tidsskr. 6th vol.: in Mæv-eið (= the narrow isthmus) in Shetland, Mk. 98, called Mawid in a Videsse of 1516 A. D.; at present Mawie or Mavis-grind, as opp. to another isthmus called Brae, i. e. Breið-eið = the Broad isthmus; cp. also Moorness = the little ness, in Shetl.
    II. compar., an older form mjóvari, mjávari, Ýt.; superl. mjóvastr, but obsolete, and replaced by a contracted mjóri, mjóstr, in mod. usage mjórri, mjóstr.
    B. Thin, slim, taper; svá mjó, so slim in the waist, Bs. ii. 168; mjórar konu, Bjarn. (in a verse); mjóva mey, Korm.; mjótt band, Edda 20; mjór kvistr, Fas. iii. 33; með mjófu járni, Fær. 238; mjór Mistilteinn, Vsp.; mjófum knífsoddi, Fs. 144; mjófum fléttingum, Karl. 335; yxn mjá ok mjök visin, Stj. 201; þar sem hann var mjóstr, Fms. vii. 264:—of cloth, stiku breið en eigi mjóri, Grág. i. 498; jaðarflá vara eðr mjó, 499; sitja mjótt, Band. 38 new Ed.: sayings, mjór er mikils vísir, Fms. v. 176 (in a verse); mjótt er mundangs-hóf, Bs. i. (in a verse), Js. 55 (mjátt).
    2. narrow; stigrinn var mjór ok þröngr, Fær. 48; skipit var heldr mjótt, Fms. ii. 50; mjótt sund, Grett. 83; mjór farvegr, Fms. ix. 366; grafir djúpari ok mjóri, Sks. 426: a nickname, Mjóvi, the Slim, or en Mjóva. II. in local names, Mjóvi-dalr, Mjóvi-fjörðr, Mjóva-nes, Mjó-sund or Mý-syndi, Dan. Mysunde in Slesvig; Mæv-eið, Munch’s Norg. Beskr.
    C. COMPDS: mjó-beina or mjó-beinn, adj. slim leg, a nickname, Landn., Korm. mjó-eygr, adj. narrow-eyed, of one whose eyes are set close together, Eb. 258, see the remarks s. v. auga. mjóf-dœlingr, m. a man from Mjóvidalr, Landn. mjó-fingraðr, adj. taper-fingered, Rm. (Bugge), of a lady. mjó-hljóðaðr, adj. thin-voiced. mjó-hryggr, m. the small of the back. mjó-hundr, m. [Dan. mynde], a greyhound, Sks. 81. mjó-leitr, adj. narrow-faced, referring to the distance between the eyes, Bergb.-þ. 124, Fas. ii. 118. mjó-nefr, adj. thin nose, a nickname for a close man, Ó. H. 31. mjó-skíð, n. the slim wand, for this must be the true reading in the verse in Bjarn., the miðskipa of the MSS. = miôsciþa; and mjóskið rökra = the slim twilight wand, = a taper, is a poët. circumlocution of a lady’s name, Ey-kyndill (= Island-taper), mjó-slegin, part. beaten thin. Fas. ii. 581. mjó-syndi, n. a narrow sound, straight lane, see above.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MJÓR

  • 12 OK

    I)
    conj.
    1) and; bæði … ok, both … and (bæði er hann vitr ok framgjarn);
    2) in comparison, as, and; sami maðr ok áðr, the same man as before; nú fór Svíum allt á eina leið ok Dönum, it went with the Swedes in the same way as with the Danes; þat er mjök sundrleitt (úlíkt) ok kristnir menn gøra, it differs much from what Christians do;
    3) of an adversative character, and yet, but (hann var særðr mörgum sárum ok engum stórum);
    4) introducing the apodosis, then = þá; esp. in the old laws; ef sá maðr (etc.) …, ok verðr hann útlagr, then he shall pay;
    5) used for the relative particle ‘er’; at höllu hann kom ok átti Íms faðir, which belonged to Im’s father; Geirröðr konungr átti þá son, ok hét Agnarr, who was called A.;
    6) also (hann heyrir ok þat, er gras vex á jörðu).
    * * *
    1.
    copulative conj.; the mod. form is og, which appears in the 15th century MSS., but the word is usually in the MSS. written thus ⁊. The Runic inscriptions mostly have auk, which diphthongal form has in the conj. been changed into ok, but is retained in the adverbial auk = etiam. As neither the stone in Tune nor the Golden horn happens to have the word, we are in the dark as to its earliest Scandinavian form. The particle ok is characteristic of the Scandinavian languages, as distinguished from the Germ. und, Engl. and; although this is more apparent than real, for the identity of ok with the Goth. copulative particle jah and uh. Hel. jac, has been conclusively demonstrated by Grimm, who also makes out an identity between Goth. uh, standing for hu, and Gr. καί, Lat. -que; the metathesis of uh for hu is analogous to Lat. ac = Gr. καί. Grimm farther supports this etymology by comparing the Teutonic compounds ne-hu, Icel. contr. né, with Lat. ne-c = ne-que, which proves the identity of both the suffixed particles, the Lat. c or que and the Teut. uh. The Goth. jah is a compound = jâ-uh = ‘immo-que;’ the Norse ok, too, is prob. a compound particle, the j being dropped, and then jâ-uh contracted into auh = auk; the final guttural h (sounded as χ), instead of being absorbed by the preceding vowel, was hardened into the tenuis k. The negative verbal suffix -a and -að, the nominal suffix -gi, and the copula ok will thus all be derived from one root,—one of the many instances of the Protean transformations of particles, even the negative and positive being interwoven into the same word.
    A. And, a copula between two or more nouns; í upphafi skapaði Guð himinn ok jörð, Edda (pref., Gen. i. 1); ríki ok konungdóm, Fms. i. 23; mikill ok sterkr, Nj. 2; væn kona ok kurteis ok vel at sér, 1; dætr þrjár ok sonu þrá, 30. If the nouns are many the usage may vary:—the nouns may be paired off, eldr ok vatn, járn ok málmr, Edda 36; or the copula is only put to the last, eldr, vatn, járn ok málmr; or, if emphatic, it may be reiterated, eldr ok vatn ok járn ok málmr; or ok may be left out altogether, málmr. steinar, jörðin, viðirnir, sóttirnar, dýrin, fuglarnir, eitrormar, Edda l. c.
    2. bæði ok, bæði er hann vitr ok framgjarn, Nj. 6.
    3. in comparison, as, and, = Lat. ac, atque; með jöfnum skildaga ok Hrólfr Kraki görði, Fb. ii. 137; samr maðr ek áðr, the same man as before, i. 364; hafa með sér sín epli, ok bera saman ok hin, and compare them and the others, Edda 46; hón var þá úlík ok fyrr, Fms. i. 185; þat er mjök sundrleitt ok Kristnir menn göra, it differs much from what Christians do, x. 171; á sömu leið ok fyrr, i. 253; samsumars ok Steingerðr gékk frá Bersa, Korm. 160; jamvandhæfr ok flörbaugsmaðr, Grág. i. 89.
    4. of an adversative character, and yet, but; mörgum sárum ok engum stórum, Fms. x. 370; þetta eru áheyrilig boð, ok újafnlig. Nj. 77; úsællig kona ertú, ok ( but yet) ekki svá at eigi megi sæma við slíkt, Fms. vii. 167.
    5. the particle ok connects together the parts of the sentence; þá mælti Frigg, ok spurði, then spoke Frigg, and asked, Edda 37; at þú bættir ráð þitt, ok bæðir þér konu, thou shouldst mend thy condition, and take thee a wife, Nj. 2:—it is used to mark the progress of a speech or sentence, féllusk Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, ok sá hverr til annars, ok vóru allir með einum hug til þess er unnit hafði verkit; Loki tók. Mistiltein, ok sleit upp, ok gékk til þings …; Höðr tók Mistiltein, ok skaut at Baldri; Æsir tóku lík Baldrs, ok fluttu til sjávar, Edda 37; sendu þeir Ívar til hans, ok skyldi hann vita, Fms. x. 27.
    II. in the old law (the Grág.) the apodosis or conclusion is headed by ok, then, as in the standing phrase, ok verðr hann útlagr, ok varðar þat … marka útlegð, and he shall pay, i. e. then he shall …; þeir menn er sakir eigu, ok skulu þeir ganga til dóms …, and so in every page of the Grágás.
    III. in some ancient epic poems the ok is as an historical particle put at the head of sentences or verses in a manner which closely resembles the use of the Hebrew ו; the old Ýt. is in this respect remarkable,—ok sikling, I; ok salbjartr, 2; ok sá brann, 3; ok Visburs, ok allvald, 4; ok landherr, 5: ok ek þess opt fregit hafðak, 6; ok allvald, 7; ok þat orð, 8; ok hnakkmars, 10; ok varð hinn, 11; ok Hagbarðs, 12; ok þrálífr … ok sveiðuðs. 13; ok lofsæll, 14; ok Austmarr, ok við aur, ok dáðgjarn, 16; ok ljóshömum, 18; ok ofveg, ok sá frömuðr, 19; ok Ingjald, ok sjá urðr, 20; ok Skæreið, 22; ok nú liggr, 23: ok launsigr, ok buðlung, 24; ok um ráð, ok launsigr, 25; ok niðkvisl, 26; - so used about thirty times in this single poem; in other poems less freq., but yet it occurs, e. g. in the fragments of Vellekla, see also the references given s. v. auk (III).
    IV. the placing the copula before both the parts to be joined is curious; this only occurs in a few instances in old poetry; ok einnar átta, ‘and’ one eight, i. e. one plus eight = nine, Hd. (composed about 986 A. D.); ok hárar hamljót, ‘and hoary scraggy’ = hoary and scraggy, Haustl.; ok Sörli þeir Hamðir, ‘and Sorli Hamdir’ = S. and H., Bragi; ok átta enni-tungl fjögur höfuð, ‘and eight eyes four heads’ i. e. four heads and eight eyes, id.; ok hörga blóthús, Rekst.; ok svá jarlar Óláfar, = jarlar ok svá Óláfar, Sighvat; ok hringa hlínar óþurft mína, the woe of her and myself, Kormak; ok há grasi viði = há grasi ok viði, Gm. 17; ok Elfar Gandvikr miðli, Edda (Ht.) 1.
    V. used as an interjection; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ—Ok, hvat skal ek þangat? Nj. 74; ok skaltú enn þora at mæla jöfnum orðum við mik, 656 B. 10: akin to this is the mod. usage in exclamations, wrath, wonder, indignation, og, hvað er nú að tarna! og, hvernig ætli þú látir! og, ekki nema það!
    VI. the following are prob. ellipt.; segðú mér þat …, ok ek vilja vita, tell thou me that, and I wish to know = that which I want to know, Skm. 3; ætlar jarl at höggva þessa menn alla, ok þeir hofðu nú höndum á komit, all those, and (whom) they had got hold of, Fms. xi. 14.
    B. Adverb; older form auk, q. v., [Germ. auch; Old Engl. eke]:—also; þat er ok, at, Grág. i. 36; hér eru ok tignar-klæði, Nj. 6; hann vaknar ok sem aðrir, Fms. xi. 117; svá mun ok, Hom. 142, and in countless instances old and mod., see auk; eigi ok, neither, Fms. x. 324; það er og, so so!
    2.
    n. [Goth. juk; A. S. geoc; Engl. yoke; O. H. G. joh; Germ. joch; cp. Lat. jugum, Gr. ζυγόν; in the Northern languages the j is dropped, ok, Dan. aag]:—a yoke, Fb. ii. 72, Rb. 398, Al. 6, 19, Sks. 136 new Ed.: metaph., ok vóru svá Norðmenn undir því oki, Ó.T. 15; ok-björn, ok-hreinn, poët. = a ‘yoke-bear,’ an ox, Ýt., Lex. Poët.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > OK

  • 13 SVÁ

    adv.
    1) so, thus;
    ertu Íslenzkr maðr? — hann sagði, at svá var, he said it was so;
    svá er sagt, at, it is told that;
    2) joined with another particle, svá … ok, both … and;
    svá starf ok torveldi, both toil and trouble;
    svá ráns-maðrinn ok okrkarlinn, the robber as well as the usurer;
    ok svá, and also, as also;
    sumarit ok svá um vetrinn, the summer, as also the winter;
    fögr augu ok svá snarlig, fair eyes and also sharp;
    3) so, denoting degree (œrit mun hann stórvirkr, en eigi veit ek, hvárt hann er svá góðvirkr);
    Gunnarr spyrr, hví Njáli þœtti þetta svá úráðligt, why he thought this so unwise;
    ekki meirr en svá, not more than so, so and no more;
    4) followed by an adjective and ‘at’, svá ríkr, góðr, mikill, margir, fáir … at, so mighty, good, great, many, few … that;
    svá at, so that;
    kaldr (sjúkr) svá, at, so cold (sick) that;
    contracted ‘svát’, svát ek muna, that (so far as) I remember;
    with a gen., Hallfreðr er svá manna, at ek skil sízt, H. is such a man as I never can make out;
    hón er svá kvenna (= hón er svá af konum), at mér er mest um at eiga, she is just such a woman as I most want;
    5) svá … sem, as … as;
    hárit var svá fagrt sem silki, as fair (soft) as silk;
    svá vel sem þér ferr, well as thou behavest;
    6) so, then (gengu þeir norðr yfir hálsinn ok svá fram á Rastarkálf);
    7) joined to an a. or adv., about, pretty much;
    slíkar svá fortölur, somewhat such persuasion;
    þat mun þó svá nær fara, yet it will be just on the verge of that;
    nakkvat svá, somewhat so;
    fegnir nakkvat (nökkut) svá, rather glad;
    mjök svá, almost, very nearly, all but (mjök svá kominn at bana).
    * * *
    adv., so in old rhymes in the 13th century, e. g. s and gá, Mkv. 20; s and á, Ht. 82; later form svó (freq. in the 14th and 15th centuries); whence svo, and lastly so: [a common Teut. particle; Ulf. swê; A. S. swâ; Engl. and Germ. so; Dan. saa.]
    B. So, thus; ertú Íslenzkr maðr?—Hann sagði at svá var, he said it was so, Nj. 6; beiddi Þorsteinn Atla at … Hann görði svá, he did so, Ísl. ii. 193; nú görðu þeir svá, so they did, Fms. x. 238; eigi görr enn svá, ‘not farther than so,’ only so far, Grág. i. 136; þeir heita svá, thus, Edda, Hom. 141; ef þú vill eigi segja mér, ok farir þú svá (thus, i. e. without letting me know) héðan, Fms. vii. 30; þeir segja svá Ólafi konungi, at …, iii. 181; svá er sagt, at …, it is told, that …, vi. 3.
    2. joined with another particle; svá ok, so also, also; svá skal ok ætla þeim er þá kömr við, Grág. i. 235; svá ráns-maðrinn ok okrkarlinn, the robber as well as the usurer, Mar.; öll landráð, svá lögmál ok sættar-görðir, the law as well as the s., Sks. 13 B; svá starf ok torveldi, both toil and trouble, Fms. vii. 221; ok svá, and also, as also; höfuð hans ok svá marga dýrgripi, Eg. 86; sumarit ok svá um vetrinn, the summer, as also the winter, Fms. xi. 51; fögr augu ok svá snarlig, fair eyes and also sharp, i. 102; ekki líkr yfirlits föður sínum ok svá í skaplyndi (here ok svá is adversative = né), x. 266; í Suðrlöndum ok svá norðr, Þiðr.; þeir minntu konung opt á þat, ok svá þat með, at…, Eg. 85; ok hlaða svá veggi, and also make the walls, Grág. ii. 336; austr undir Eyjafjöll ok svá austr í Holt, and so also east of H., Nj. 261.
    II. so, denoting degree; ærit man hann stórvirkr, en eigi veit ok hvárt hann er svá ( equally) góðvirkr, Nj. 55: with a compar., eigi getr nær enn svá, it is not to be got nearer than so, Clem. 46; ekki meirr enn svá, not more than so, so and not more, with an adverse notion; ekki þótta ek nú dæll meirr enn svá, Fms. xi. 91; eigi fengiligri enn svá, Sturl. i. 159.
    2. svá followed by an adjective and ‘at;’ svá ríkr, góðr, mikill, margr, fáir … at, so mighty, good, great, many, few … that, Nj. 1, Fms. i. 3, passim; svá at, so that, contracted svát (as þótt for þó at), see ‘at’ III. γ (p. 29, col. 2): the svá put after the adjective, kaldr svá at, so cold that, Edda (pref.); ástblindir svá, Mkv.; sjúkr svá, at ( so sick that) hann sé kominn at bana, Fms. xi. 158: with a gen., Hallfreðr er svá manna, at ek skil sízt hvat manna at er, H. is such a man as I never can make out, Fs. 98; hón er svá kvenna, at mér er mest um at eiga just such a woman as I like best, Ld. 302; hón er svá meyja í Noregi, at ek vilda helzt eiga, Fms. v. 310.
    3. svá sem, so as, as; þjóna honum svá sem börn föður, Edda 13; ok svá sem hón er sterk, þá mon hón brotna, er …, strong as it(the bridge) is, it will break when …, 8 (see sem); hárit var svá fagrt sem silki, fair as silk, Nj. 2; þeim konungi sem svá er góðr ok rétt víss sem Ingi, i. e. so very good and just a king, Fms. vii. 263; svá vel sem þér ferr, well as thou behavest, Nj. 225.
    4. the phrase, gör svá vel, be so good as to, I pray thee! Nj. 111, Fms. vii. 157; göri guðin þá svá vel, láti mik eigi bíða, Al. 106.
    5. in greeting; heill svá! 623. 17; heilir svá, Stj. 124, 475, Karl. 507; ek svá heill! Fms. v. 230; svá vil ek heil! Grett. 170 new Ed; farit ér í svá gramendr allir! Dropl. 23.
    III. slíkr svá, nokkur svá, því-líkr svá, mjök svá, somewhat so, much in that way, about so; slíkum svá fortölum, such a persuasion, Al. 33; ekki meira enn slíkt svá, not more than so, Fms. v. 308; þvílíkum svá mönnum, sem þit erut, Eg. 739; þiggja gjafar at slíkum svá mönnum, Fms. vi. 99; nakkvat svá, somewhat so, xi. 11; fegnir nokkut svá, i. e. rather glad, quite glad, viii. 27 (v. l. mjök svá, very); mjök svá, almost, very nearly, all but; hafa lokit mjök svá heyverkum, Ísl. ii. 329; mjök svá kominn at landi, Fms. i. 212; mjök svá kominn at bana, 158; mjök svá feginn, viii. 27, v. l.; allmjök svá, v. 320.
    2. the phrases, svá-gurt, see soguru and göra (F. III); svá-búit, see búa (B. II. 2. δ): svá-nær, so near, i. e. quite near; þat mun þó svá nær fara, it will be quite on the verge of that, Nj. 49; ef barn elsk svá-nær Páskum, just before Easter, K. Þ. K. 7 new Ed.; lagði þá svá nær, at…, Nj. 163; hafði svá nær, at, 160.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SVÁ

  • 14 LEGGJA

    * * *
    (legg, lagða, lagiðr, lagðr, laginn), v.
    1) to lay, place (Már hafði lagt höfuð sitt í kné Rannveigar);
    leggja net, to lay a net;
    2) to put;
    leggja eld í, to put fire to;
    leggja söðul á hest, to put a saddle on a horse;
    leggja árar upp, to lay up the oars, give up pulling;
    leggja ofan segi, to haul down, take in the sails;
    leggja at jörðu, at velli (or við jörðu, við velli), to overthrow, slay, kill;
    leggja hlut sinn, to lose one’s lot, be worsted;
    3) to lay, drop, of a beast (hvelparnir, er eigi vóru lagðir);
    4) to lay, make, build;
    leggja garða, to make fences;
    5) to appoint, fix (leggja stefnu, leika, bardaga);
    6) to tax, value (hann lagði hálft landit fyrir sex tigi silfrs);
    leggja e-n úgildan, to award no fine for, put no price on;
    leggja at léttu, to make light of;
    leggja sakar, to settle strife;
    leggja lög, to lay down laws;
    leggja leið sína, to take a direction;
    hann lagði mjök kvámur sínar í Ögr, he was in the habit of coming often to O.;
    8) to allot, assign (þér mun lagit verða at vera einvaldskonungr yfir Noregi);
    hvat mun til líkna lagt Sigurði, what comfort is there appointed for S.?;
    þér var lengra líf lagit, a longer life was destined for thee;
    9) to lay out, pay, discharge;
    leggja at veði, to give as bail;
    leggja á hættu, to risk;
    leggja á mikinn kostnað, to run into great expenses;
    leggja líf á, to stake one’s life on a thing;
    leggja fé til höfuðs e-m, to set a price on one’s head;
    10) to lay a ship’s course, stand of or on, sail, absol., or the ship in dat. or acc., lét hann blása herblástr ok leggja út ór höfninni, and sailed out of the harbour;
    leggja at, to land (lagði hann at við Sundólfsstaði);
    in a naval battle, to attack (lögðu þeir þá at þeim);
    leggja undir land, to stand in towards land;
    leggja (skip) í rétt, to drift or run before the wind;
    11) to set off, start;
    leggja á flótta, to take toftight;
    leggja eptir e-m, to pursue;
    12) to stab, thrust, with a weapon (Þ. leggr hann spjóti til bana);
    13) impers. it turns, is driven in a direction (of smoke, smell, fire);
    hingat leggr allan reykinn, all the smoke blows hitherward;
    to freeze over, be covered with snow or ice (þá er ísa lagði á vötn);
    leggja nær, to be on the brink of;
    nær lagði þat úfœru einu sinni, it had well nigh come to a disaster;
    14) with preps.:
    leggja e-t af, to cede, give up (H. bróðir hans lagði af við hann sinn part í eyjunni);
    to leave off, desist from (legg af héðan af versagørð, sagði erkibiskup);
    leggja af fénað, to slaughter cattle;
    leggja e-t aptr, to give back, return (báðu mik leggja aptr taflit);
    leggja at, leggja at landi, to land;
    leggja at e-m, to attack;
    leggja e-t á e-n, to impose, lay (a burden, tax) upon one (leggja skatt, skyldir, yfirbót á e-n);
    leggja e-t á við e-n = leggja e-t á e-n;
    leggja stund, kapp, hug á e-t, to take pains about, great interest in, a thing;
    leggja ást, elsku, mætur á e-t, to feel love, affection, interest for a thing, to cherish a thing or person;
    leggja fæð, öfund, hatr á, to take dislike, envy, hatred to;
    leggja móti e-m, to oppose, contradict one;
    leggja e-t til, to furnish, contribute, as one’s share (hvern styrk hefir móðir mín til lagit með þér?);
    leggja fátt til, to say little, be reserved;
    leggja lof til, to give praise to;
    leggja gott (illt) til e-s, to lay a good (or ill) word to one, to interfere in a friendly (or unfriendly) manner;
    leggja e-t til lofs e-m, to put a thing to a person’s credit;
    leggja e-t til orðs, to talk about;
    leggja e-m e-t til ámælis, orðs, to blame one for a thing;
    leggja e-t undir or undir sik, to conquer, vanquish (Knútr konungr lagði allt land undir sik íNoregi);
    leggja e-t undir e-n, to submit a matter to a person, refer to (þeir höfðu lagit mál undir Njál);
    leggja undir trúnað e-s, to trust;
    ok er þat mjök undir hann lagit, it depends much on him;
    leggja e-t undir þegnskap sinn, to assert on one’s honour;
    leggja e-t upp við e-n, to hand over to one;
    leggja e-t eigi langt upp, not to make much of, to make light of (eigi legg ek slíkt langt upp);
    leggja e-t við e-t, to add to (leggja aðra tölu við aðra);
    leggja við líf sitt, höfuð sitt, to stake one’s life;
    leggja við sekt, to fix a fine;
    15) refl., leggjast.
    * * *
    a causal of liggja, q. v.; pres. legg, pl. leggjum; pret. lagði; subj. legði; imperat. legg or leggðú; part. lagiðr, lagið, lagit; contr. lagðr, lögð, lagt; part. laginn, Fb. ii. 386, which form is in mod. Icel. used as an adjective only; a part. pass. lagztr, lögzt, lagzt, Fas. ii. 345, and in mod. usage: [Ulf. lagjan = τιθέναι; A. S. lecgan; Engl. lay; O. H. G. legjan; Germ. legen; Swed. lägga; Dan. lægge]:—to lay.
    A. Prop. to lay, place; ok lagði hann á altara, Ver. 14; er hann var lagiðr á bálit, Hkr. i. 32; á lúðr lagiðr, Vþm.; vóru steinar lagðir í hring utan um, Eg. 486; Már lá útar á bekk, ok hafði lagt höfuð sitt í kné Rannveigar, Sturl. i. 13; leggja net, to lay a net, K. Þ. K. 88:—to lay down, leggja sinn aldr, Ht.
    2. to put; leggja band um, umhverfis, to fasten a string round the body, Eg. 340; leggja saman augun, to put the eyes together, shut them, id.; leggja eld í, to put fire to, Nj. 74, 131; leggja hendr at síðum mér, Fms. x. 331; leggja stýri í lag, to put it right, Hkr. i. 32; leggja ofan segl ok viðu, to haul down, take in the sails, Fms. iv. 372, ix. 23; l. lénur, söðul, á hest, to put a saddle on a horse, Nj. 74, Landn. 151; l. á hest, or leggja á (simply), to saddle; leggja hapt á hest, Grág. i. 436; l. mark á, of sheep, 426; l. hús ofan, to pull it down, Bs. i. 163; l. klyfjar ofan, to unload a horse, K. Þ. K. 94; l. klyfjar upp, to pack a horse, N. G. L. i. 349; l. árar upp, to lay up the oars, give up pulling, Edda 36: the mod. phrase, leggja árar í bát, to give a thing up, lose heart; l. fyrir lið, to give up, see lið; fyrir lagðr, outworn, exhausted, Mar. 1060, Fas. ii. 278.
    3. leggja at jörðu, at velli (or við jörðu, við velli), to overthrow, make bite the dust, Nj. 117, Eg. 426, Fms. vii. 296, viii. 43, x. 257, Njarð. 378; leggja fyrir borð, to put overboard, metaph. to forsake, Clem. 47; leggja í leg, to lay waste, Grág. ii. 278; leggja hlut sinn, to lay down or lose one’s lot, be worsted, Sturl. iii. 103: leggja mál í görð, to put into court, Nj. 88, 101; l. mál í umræðu, to put it to discussion, Orkn. 426; l. mál til sætta, Nj. 111.
    4. to lay, drop, of a beast; hvelparnir er eigi vóru lagðir, Fb. i. 104.
    II. metaph. in a mental sense; leggja stund, starf, hug, kapp … á e-t, to study a thing, take pains about, interest in it; as also, leggja ást, elsku, mætr á e-t, to feel love, affection, interest for, to love, cherish a thing or person; and again, leggja fæð, öfund, hatr … á, to take dislike, envy to, Al. 95, Ísl. ii. 197, Nj. 31, 46, Eg. 42, 418, Ld. 60, Fb. ii. 229, Fms. i. 31: freq. in old and mod. usage, thus, Sturla lagði mikinn hug á, at láta rita sögu-bækr eptir bókuni þeim er Snorri setti saman, Sturl. ii. 123; leggja e-t e-m til orðs, ámælis, to put a thing to a person’s blame, blame him for it, Nj. 62, 85, 138, 246, Ld. 250; l. e-t til lofs e-m, to laud one, put a thing to a person’s credit, Fms. x. 98.
    2. with prepp.; leggja á, to impose, put upon; leggja skyldir, skatt … á, Fms. x. 51, 93, Rb. 394:—leggja af, to leave off, cease doing; legg af héðan af versa-görð, sagði erkibiskup, ok stúdera heldr í kirkjunnar lögum, Bs. i. 799:—leggja e-t fyrir sik, to set a task before one, Fms. ii. 103, xi. 157:—leggja til, to add to, xi. 51, Hom. 138:—leggja undir or undir sik, to lay under oneself, conquer, vanquish, Fms. i. 3, x. 35, Eg. 12, Stj. 46, 146; leggja e-t undir þegnskap sinn, to assert on one’s honour, Grág. i. 29, Nj. 150; leggja e-t undir e-n, to submit it to a person, refer to, 105; l. e-t undir trúnað e-s, to trust, Fms. ix. 397; ok er þat mjök undir hann lagit, it depends much on him, Bjarn. 52:—leggja út, mod. to translate (út-legging):—leggja við, to add to, Grág. i. 22, Hom. 138, 155. Rb. 88, Al. 358.
    III. to lay, place, found, build; leggja afla, Vsp. 7; leggja garða, to make fences, Rm. 12; leggja götur, to make roads, Dipl. iv. 12; leggja lúðra, to place right, adjust the bin, Gs. 3; leggja leið, to take a direction, Fas. i. 57; hann lagði mjök kvámur sínar í Ögr, he was in the habit of coming to O., Fbr. 30; leggja e-t í vana sinn, to make a habit of.
    2. metaph. to lay, settle; leggja sakar, to settle strife, Vsp. 64; leggja landrétt, to settle the public rights, make laws, Sighvat; leggja lög, to lay down laws, of the three weird sisters ordering the fate of men, Vsp.:—to lay down, ordain, lagt er allt fyrir, all is predestined, Skv. I, Skm. 13, Ls. 48; era með löstum lögð æfi þér, Skv. 1, 33; hvat mun til líkna lagt Sigurði, 30; leggja á, to ordain, en þú hugfest þá hluti er ek segi þér, ok legg á þik, Bs. i. 199; ef þeir eru á lagðir ( ordered) fyrir váttum, Gþl. 439; þá hluti er ek hefi á lagt við þik, Eg. 738; leggja lög á, to make, lay down a law, Bs. i. 28: leggja ríkt á, to order peremptorily: of a spell, leggja á, to enchant; ‘mæli eg um og legg eg á!’ is in the tales the formula with which witches say the spell.
    3. to appoint, fix, a meeting or the like; eru þá leikar lagðir í Ásbjarnar-nesi, Ld. 196; leikr var lagiðr á Hvítár-völlum, Eg. 188; þeir lögðu við landsmenn hálfs-mánaðar frið, 228; leggja stefnu með sér, Fms. i. 36; var lögð konunga-stefna í Elfi, vii. 62; leggja bardaga við e-n, xi. 418; l. með sér vináttu, Eg. 278; Augustus keisari lagði frið ( established peace) um allan heim, Edda.
    IV. to tax, value (fjár-lag); hross eru ok lögð, hestr fjögurra vetra gamall við kú, Grág. i. 503; leggja lag á mjöl, ii. 404; ef fyrr er keypt en lag er á lagt, id.; leggja lag á varning manna, Ísl. ii. 126; þat þykkir mér jafnligast at þú leggir land svá dýrt, en ek kjósa hvárr okkarr leysa skal, … hann lagði hálft landit fyrir sex tigi silfrs, … er þú leggr svá údýrt Helgafells-land, Eb. 38; vil ek þat vinna til sætta at leggja son minn úgildan, Nj. 250; at Hallr af Síðu hafði lagit úgildan son sinn, ok vann þat til sætta, 251; leggja at léttu, to lay a tax on light, Fas. iii. 553.
    V. to lay out, pay, discharge; leggja at veði, to give as bail, Edda 17; buðu at leggja sik í veð fyrir þessa menn, Nj. 163; leggja á hættu, to risk, Eg. 86; leggja á mikinn kostnað, to run into great expences, Eg. 43; leggja veð eðr fá vörzlu, Gþl. 389: leggja í kostnað, to expend, Fms. xi. 232; leggja sik í háska, veð, to put oneself in danger, to stake one’s life, vii. 263, Nj. 163:—leggja aptr, to pay back, Grett. 174 new Ed.; leggja líf á, to stake one’s life on a thing, Nj. 106, 178:—l. fram, to lay forth, lay out, exhibit (fram-lag); allan þann sóma er hann hefir fram lagit, Ld. 32; mikit muntú þurfa fram at leggja með honum, þvíat hón á allan arf eptir mik, Nj. 3; l. fram líf sitt, Eg. 426:—leggja til, to pay to, furnish, contribute, as one’s share; hvern styrk hefir móðir mín til lagit með þér, Nj. 7; hvat viltú þá til leggja? langskip tvau, 42; skortir mik eigi fé til at leggja fyrir farit, 128; kunni hann til alls góð ráð at leggja, Eg. 2; hefi ek þar til (lagit) mörg orð, 728; lét ek þar sælu-hús göra ok lagða fé til, Fms. vii. 122, Js. 4; þau ráð er Gregoríus lagði til, Fms. vii. 258; l. fé til höfuðs e-m, to set a price on one’s head, Nj. 112, Grett. passim:—metaph., leggja fátt til, to say little, be reserved, Nj. 88, 112; Gunnarr lagði ekki til, G. remained silent, 52; leggja lof til, to give praise to, Eg. 33; leggja orð í (til), to ‘lay a word to,’ say a word in a matter, remonstrate, Grág. i. 290; leggja gott, íllt til e-s, to lay a good (or ill) word to, to interfere in a friendly (or unfriendly) manner, Sturl. iii. 151 (til-lögur):—leggja hlut sinn, líf sitt, við, to risk one’s lot, stake one’s life, i. 162, Nj. 113, 218; l. sik allan við, to do one’s best, Eg. 738; l. sekt við, l. lögbrot við, of a penalty, Nj. 113, Eg. 352, H. E. i. 505:—leggja út, to lay out, pay, Vm. 33; of betting, Orkn. 200:—leggja fé upp, to lay up, invest; l. fé upp í jörð, Dipl. v. 21; lagða ek upp við minn kæra Orm biskup hálfan viðreka, I made it over to O., ii. 4; l. upp fé, to lay up, board.
    VI. of direction, esp. as a naut. term, to stand off or on, lay a ship’s course, esp. from or towards a port, to or from an attack, to sail, proceed to sea, absol., or the ship in dat. or acc., leggja skip or skipi; þú skalt leggja fram sem þér líkar (place the ship to attack), Nj. 8; ok leggr fram skeiðina jafnfram skipi Rúts, id.; þeir leggja út undir eina ey ok bíða þar byrjar, 133; hann lagði skip sín inn á sundit, 271; þeir bjuggusk um sem skjótast ok lögðu út skipunum, Eg. 358; en er skipit var lagit út undir Fenhring, Fms. x. 64; Sigvaldi leggr skip sitt í miðja fylking ( lays his ship alongside of), xi. 126; þeir hittu drómund einn í hafi ok lögðu til níu skipum ok borðusk, … at lyktum lögðu þeir snekkjunum undir drómundinn, Hkr. iii. 353; leggja undir land, to stand in towards land, Eb. 126, where in a metaph. sense = to give in; lögðu þeir eigi inn í ósinn, en lögðu útarliga á höfnina, Ísl. ii. 126; bauð hann út leiðangri at liði ok skipum ok lagði ( stood) út til Staðs fyrir innan Þórsbjörg, Fms. i. 12; síðan leggja þeir í Löginn upp, Hkr. i. 32; Knútr konungr lagði þegar upp í ána ok at kastalanum, Fms. ix. 23, xi. 196; réru þeir langskipinu upp í ána ok lögðu til bæjar þess, Eg. 80; lögðu víkingar við þat frá, Landn. 223; þá lögðu þeir at nesi einu, Eg. 161; ok lögðu þar at landi, 203; lagði hann at ( landed) við Sundólfs-staði, Fms. ix. 483; en er þeir koma norðr at Hákonar-hellu þá lögðu þeir þar at, Hkr. i. 160: leggja at, to attack, in a naval battle (atlaga); lögðu þeir þá at þeim, Nj. 25, Eg. 81; munu vér leggja til orrostu við þá, Fms. vii. 257; létusk allir búnir at leggja at þeim Hákoni, id.; ef þeir leggja at, Jómsvíkingar, xi. 134:—leggja í rétt, to drift or run before the wind, skipverjar, þeir er sigla vildu, eðr þeir er í rétt vildu leggja skipit, Fbr. 59; mæltu þeir er leið sögðu at varligra væri at lægja seglit ok leggja skipit í rétt um nóttina, en sigla til lands at ljósum degi, Fms. ii. 64; þá kom andviðri ok leggja þeir í rétt, Bs. i. 420; þá lögðu þeir í rétt harðan, kom á stormr svá at eigi fengu þeir lengi í rétti legit, ok sigldu þeir þá við eitt rif, Bær. 5; þá kemr enn landviðri ok leggja cnn í rétt ok rekr vestr í haf, Bs. i. 483; þá lögðu þeir í rétt harðan, 484; féll veðrit ok görði lögn, lögðu þeir þá í rétt, ok létu reiða fyrir nokkurar nætr, Eg. 372.
    2. without the notion of sea, to start; leggja á flótta, to turn to flight, fly, Fms. x. 241, xi. 341, 391, Orkn. 4, Hkr. i. 319, passim; leggja ú fund þeirra, Fms. vii. 258; leggja eptir, to pursue, x. 215; leggja upp, to start on a journey: metaph., leggja e-t ekki langt upp, Grett. 51 new Ed.
    3. to stab, thrust with a weapon, the weapon in dat. or absol. (lag = a thrust), Nj. 8, 64, Njarð. 378, Eg. 216, 258, 298, Nj. 43, 56, Grág. ii. 7, Gþl. 165, passim; opp. to höggva, höggva ok leggja, hann hjó ok lagði, and the like.
    VII. impers. it turns, in driven in a direction, of smoke, smell, fire, or the like; hingat leggr allan reykinn, all the smoke blows thitherward, Nj. 202; en eldinn lagði at þeim, Fms. i. 266; fyrir údaun er ór hauginum mun út leggja, iv. 28; varask gust þann ok údaun er út lagði or haugnum, … af fýlu þeirri sem út lagði, Ísl. ii. 45; ok er eldrinn var görr, lagði reykinn upp í skarðit, Eb. 220; ef hval leggr út, if a (dead) whale is driven off land, Gþl. 462:—of ice, snow, to freeze, be covered with snow, ice, þá leggr snjó nokkurn fyrir þá, 655 xv. 12; er ís leggr á vatnit, Grág. ii. 287; þá er ísa lagði á vötn, Fms. ii. 103: the place frozen in acc., vóru íslög mikil ok hafði langt lagt lit Breiðafjörð, Ld. 286; lagði ok Ögrsvatn, Fbr. 30 new Ed.; lagði fjörðinn út langt, 60 new Ed.: part., íss var lagðr á Hofstaða-vág, Eb. 236:—of winter, cold, þegar er gott er ok vetr (acc.) leggr á, Grett. 24 new Ed.; lagði þegar á frer ok snjófa, Bs. i. 872; but pers., leggr á hríðir ok snjóvar (better snjóva), Bs. i. 198.
    2. the phrase, leggja nær, to ‘lie near,’ be on the brink of; nær lagði þat úfæru eitt sinn, it had well nigh come to a disaster, Edda 17; lagði þá svá nær at allr þingheimr mundi berjask, it was on the brink of …, Nj. 163; lagði nær at hann mundi reka í svelginn, Fms. x. 145.
    B. Reflex. to lay oneself, lie; leggjask niðr í runna nokkura, Nj. 132; er Skálm merr yður leggsk undir klyfjum, Landn. 77; þá leggjask í akrinn flugur þær, er …, 673 A. 3:—of going to bed, þeir höfðu lagizk til svefns, were gone to sleep, Nj. 155; Skarphéðinn lagðisk ekki niðr um kveldit, 170:—leggjask með konu, to cohabit (illicitly), Fms. i. 57, K. Á. 118, Fas. iii. 390, Grág. i. 351:—of illness, to fall sick, take to bed, tók hón sótt ok lagðisk í rekkju, Nj. 14; þá lét hann búa hvílu sína ok lagðisk í sótt, Fms. xi. 214: the phrase, leggjask e-t ekki undir höfuð, not lay it under one’s pillow, do it promptly, be mindful of a thing, ii. 120, v. 264:—leggjask á e-t, to fall upon, of robbers, beasts of prey, etc.; at spillvirkjar mundi l. á fé þeirra, i. 226, Grett. 125 new Ed.; Vindr lögðusk á valinn ok raufuðu, xi. 380: örn lagðisk ( prayed) í eyna, Bs. i. 350:—leggjask fyrir, to take rest, lie down, from exhaustion, sickness, or the like, 387; lögðusk þá fyrir bæði menn ok hestar af úviðri, Sturl. iii. 292; þá lögðusk leiðsagnar-menn fyrir, þvíat þeir vissu eigi hvar þeir vóru komnir, Fms. viii. 52; fyrir leggjask um e-t mál, to give it up, Bs. i. 194: leggjask niðr, to pass out of use, cease, Fms. x. 179, xi. 12: leggjask á, to arise, mun sá orðrómr á leggjask, at …, Nj. 32, Fms. i. 291; úþokki lagðisk á milli þeirra bræðra, xi. 14.
    2. to cease; at sá úvandi leggisk sem áðr hefir verit, Fms. i. 280.
    II. to swim (partly answering to A. VI); leggjask til sunds, to go into the water and swim, Ld. 46; þeir leggjask um hríð … Sigmundr leggsk þá um hríð … hann lagðisk síðar ( swam behind), Fær. 173; hann lagðisk eptir geldingi gömlum út í Hvalsey, Landn. 107; Grettir lagðisk nú inn á fjörðinn, Grett. 148; hann lagðisk yfir þvert sundit ok gékk þar á land, 116, Hkr. i. 287, Finnb. 266; þeir koma upp ok leggjask til lands, Ld. 168; for legðir read legðiz, Njarð. 378.
    2. to set out; leggjask í hernað, víking, to set out on a freebooting expedition, Fms. x. 414, passim: leggjask út, to set out into the wilderness, as a highwayman, Odd. 8, Fas. i. 154, passim (útilegu-maðr = a highwayman); ek lögðumk út á merkr, Fms. ii. 103; leggjask á flótta = leggja á flótta, to take to flight, xi. 305: leggjask djúpt, to dive deep (metaph.), Nj. 102; leggjask til e-s, to seek, try eagerly for, Stj. 90, Bs. i. 198; leggjask í e-t, to occupy oneself with, Rb. 312.
    3. á lögðusk logn mikil, þokur ok sælægjur, Orkn. 358; vindar lögðusk ( the wind wafted) af hrauninu um kveldum, Eb. 218, (see A. VII): the phrase, ekki lagðisk mjök á með þeim frændum, they were not on good terms, Ld. 68: ok lagðisk lítt á með þeim Snorra, Sturl. i. 124; þeir töluðu lengi ok lagðisk vel á með þeim, things went well with them, Orkn. 408; þungt hefir á lagizk með okkr Strút-Haraldi jarli um hríð, Fms. xi. 84; Steinólfi þótti þat líkt ok ekki, ok lagðisk lítt á með þeim, Gullþ. 11:—lítið leggsk fyrir e-n, to come to a shameful end; lítið lagðisk nú fyrir kappann, þvíat hann kafnaði í stofu-reyk sem hundr, Grett. 115; svá lítið sem fyrir hann lagðisk, who had been so easily slain, had made so poor a defence, Ld. 150; lítið lagðisk hór fyrir góðan dreng, er þrælar skyldu at bana verða, Landn. 36; kann vera, at nú leggisk lítið fyrir hann, ek skal ráðin til setja, Fms. iv. 166.
    III. recipr., leggjask at, to attack one another, Fms. xi. 130: leggjask hendr á, to lay hands on fine another, Ld. 154; leggjask hugi á, to take a liking for each other, Bárð.: leggjask nær, to run close up to one another, of two boats, Gísl. 51.
    IV. part. lagðr, as adj. fit, destined to a thing, or fitted, of natural gifts; at hann mundi bæði spá-maðr vesa ok lagðr til mikils þrifnaðar ok gæfu Gyðinga-lýð, 625. 87; vera kann at þér sé meirr lagðr ( that thou art more fitted for) fésnúðr ok ferðir en tilstilli um mála-ferli, i. e. that thou art more fitted to be a traveller than a lawyer, Band. 5; öllu því íllu sem honum var lagit, Fb. i. 215; hón var þeim til lýta lagin, she was doomed to be their destruction, Sól. 11; sem mælt er um þá menn sem mjök er sú íþrótt lagin, Fms. v. 40; þvíat þér mun lagit verða at vera (’tis weirded for thee, thou art doomed to be) einvalds konungr yfir öllum Noregi, Fb. i. 564; þér var lengra lif lagit, a longer life was doomed to thee, Fas. iii. 344; allar spár sögðu, at harm mundi verða lagðr til skaða þeim, Edda 19: laginn, expert, skilled, disposed, freq. in mod. usage, hann er laginn fyrir að læra, hann er ekki lund-laginn á það, he has no inclination for it, whence lægni = skill; thus also, lagaðr from laga (q. v.), vera lagaðr fyrir e-t, lagaðr fyrir lærdóm, given to learn, of natural gifts.
    V. part. pass. lagztr; er hann var lagztr niðr, when he had laid himself down, Fas. ii. 345: freq. in mod. usage, hann er lagztr fyrir, lagztr niðr, and so on.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LEGGJA

  • 15 HEILL

    * * *
    I)
    a.
    1) hale, sound; illa heill, in ill health; hann sagði at þar var vel heilt, he said they were all well there; kona eigi heil, enceinte; grœða e-n at heilu, to heal one fully;
    2) whole, healed, in respect of wounds or illness, with gen. (verða heill sára sinna); er um heilt bezt at binda, it is better to bind a hale than a hurt limb;
    3) blessed, happy; njótið heilir handa, ‘bless your hands’, well done; kom heill! welcome, hail! far heill, farewell!
    4) whole, entire; heill hleifr, a whole loaf; sjau hundruð heil, full seven hundred;
    5) true, upright; ráða e-m heilt, to give one a wholesome (good) advice; af heilum hug, af heilu, sincerely; heilt ráð, wholesome advice; heil kenning, a useful, profitable lesson.
    n. and f. luck, omen, foreboding; góðu (illu) heilli, in a good (evil) hour; mörg eru giptusamlig heill, there are many good auspices; fall er farar heill, a fall is a good omen; hann bað þeim heill duga, he wished them good speed; heillum horfinn, forsaken by luck; ok var brugðit heillum sverðsins, the spell of the sword was broken.
    * * *
    1.
    n. and f. [Dan. held], good luck; the gender of this word varies.
    A. Neut., which seems to be the older gender, an omen, auspice, foreboding; hver’ro bözt heill (pl.), which are the best auspices? the answer, mörg eru góð heill, there are many good auspices, Skv. 2. 19, 20, cp. 22; giptusamlegt heill, a favourable omen, Al. 13; the neut., which is obsolete elsewhere, has remained in the phrases, góðu heilli (bono augurio), íllu heilli ( malo augurio), in a good, evil hour; íllu heilli bauð ek þér barnfóstr, Ísl. ii. 141; íllu heilli vartú skapað, Hom. 153; íllu heilli höfu vér hér dvalizt, Nj. 241; fórtú fá heilli heiman, with small luck, Ó. H. 107; verstu heilli, Heir. 4; góðu heilli, in a good hour, Fms. ix. 236, x. 18 (in a verse): talismans, of hidden magical runes written on ‘gumna heillum’ (on talismans?), Sdm. 16.
    B. Fem. good luck, happiness:
    1. plur., with the notion of being the gift of auspices or of an oracle, esp. in pl., so that the gender is dubious; fékk Ingólfr at blóti miklu ok leitaði sér heilla um forlög sín, Landn. 33; skal Þórólfr blóta ok leita heilla þeim bræðrum, Eg. 257; hefir þessi flokkr leitað sér heilla at tilvísan fjölkunnigra manna, at þeir skyldi um nætr berjask, Fms. vii. 296; Hallsteinn skaut setstokkum fyrir borð í hafi til heilla sér eptir fornum sið, Fs. 123, Landn. 34; þá skaut Steinþórr spjóti at fornum sið til heilla sér yfir flokk Snorra, Eb. 228 (an old heathen rite); þótti þat líkast til langlífis ok heilla, 126 new Ed.; ok var brugðit heillum sverðsins, the spell of the sword was broken, Korm. 84; áttú, Sigmundr, af þeim hring heillir at taka, Fær. 103.
    2. esp. (also in pl.) with the personal notion of a good spirit or angel, cp. hamingja; eigi veit ek hvárt vit eigum heill saman, i. e. if we shall have luck together, of two persons having one life and one heart, Nj. 3; þótti stór heill til hans horfit hafa, Fs. 194; Leifr kvað hann enn mundu mestri heill stýra af þeim frændum, Fb. i. 538; hann bað þeim heill duga, he wished them good speed, Gullþ. 14; fær þú braut bú þitt ok vestr yfir Lagarfljót, þar er heill þín öll, Hrafn. 1; heillum horfinn, forsaken by luck, Grett. 150.
    3. sayings, íllt er fyrir heill at hrapa, ’tis ill to rush on and leave one’s good luck behind, Skv. 2. 25; hátíðir eru til heilla beztar (mod. hátíð er til heilla bezt), denoting that high feasts ought to be chosen for momentous affairs, Ld. 176 (of one being christened at Yule time); fall er farar-heill, a fall is a good omen (in departing), Fms. vi. 414: the phrase, vera e-m lítil heilla-þúfa, to be a stumbling-block to one, the metaphor prob. taken from the popular lore as to mounds with hidden hoards, ek heft orðit lítil heilla þúfa um at þreifa flestum mönnum, Grett. 143.
    4. in mod. usage as a term of endearment, heillin, heillin mín, dear! my dear! the address of a husband to his wife; the bride asks, hverjum ætlarðú at bjóða í veizluna okkar, hjartað mitt? the bridegroom answers, eg veil það nú ekki, heillin mín! Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 243; getrþu ekki gefið manninum hressingu, heillin? Hrólfr. 8; hann (our son) er svo kargr, heillin mín! hann nennir ekki neitt að gera, látum við strákinn stúdiera, Grönd. 72; cp. Bb. 3. 21—hún (the wife) kyssir og með klappi segir, komdú blessaðr, heillin mín!—heillin góð! is in many Icel. houses the address of the servants to the mistress: æ! hvernig getið þér nú farið að tala, heillin góð? Piltr og Stúlka, 36; sælir og blessaðir, Auðun minn! sælar og blessaðar, heillin góð! Hrólfr. 6.
    COMPDS: heillabrigði, heilladrjúgr, heillalauss, heillaleysi, heillamaðr, heillaráð, heillavænligr, heillavænn.
    2.
    adj. [Ulf. hails = ὑγιής, ὑγιαίνων, χαιρε, etc.; A. S. hâl; Engl. hail and hale are of Scandinavian origin, whole of Saxon; O. H. G. heil; lost in mod. Germ.; Dan. heel; Swed. hel]:—whole:
    I. hale, sound; ílla heill, in ill health, Hm. 68; heilir hildar til, heilir hildi frá, fara þeir heilir hvaðan, hale, unscathed, 157; heilar hendr, Gkv. 3. 10; heilar sjónir, hale eyes, Lex. Poët.; spurði Þorsteinn hvernig þar væri heilt, hann sagði at þar var vel heilt, Th. asked how they were in health, and he said that they were well, Eg. 743; heilir, opp. to sárir, Am. 56; heilan (unbroken), Hvm. 29; heill hjálmstofn, hale skull, 31; hvergi var heilt hold á líkam hans, 623. 44; græða at heilu, to cure so as to be hale and well, 655 xi. 3; Önundr var svá frækinn maðr at fáir stóðusk honum þótt heilir væri, that few men were a match for him, though they were hale and sound, Grett. 87; sjórinn var hvergi heill, the sea was nowhere hale, i. e. the waves rose high, Vígl. 22; silki-ræma heil ok ú-sökuð, Fms. iv. 110.
    2. healed, of wounds, illness, in gen. pl.; verða heill sára sínna, Eg. 35; Helga dóttir bónda var þá á fouun ok heil meina sinna, 586; ok var þó eigi heill sársins, Fbr. 164.
    3. phrases, gróa um heilt (see gróa), Fms. xi. 87; binda um heilt, to bind up a hale limb; er um heilt bezt at binda, ‘tis better to bind a hale than a hurt limb, Ld. 206; betra heilt en gróið, better hale than healed; með heilu ok höldnu, safe and sound, Fms. x. 376; þar skal hverr heill verða sem haltr varð, he that was halt must be made hale, a law phrase, he that has a blemish upon him must clear himself of it, N. G. L. i. 326: cp. the phrase, svelta heill hungri (mod. svelta heilu hungri), to starve, Ls. 62: a guest is asked, hvað er í fréttum, what news? to which the reply is, mannheilt og ósjúkt, all hale and ‘unsick,’ i. e. all well! eigi heil, not hale, i. e. enceinte, þú ert kona eigi heil, Fas. i. 52; húsfreyja þín er eigi heil, ok mun hón fæða meybarn, Ísl. ii. 196; Freydís vildi fylgja þeim ok varð heldr sein, því at hón var eigi heil, Þorf. Karl. 428.
    4. answering to Gr. χαιρε, in exclamation; njótið heilir handa, ‘bless your hands!’ well done! Nj. 71; mæl drengja heilastr, well spoken, Fms. viii. 97; báðu hann tala konunga heilstan (i. e. cheered him), vi. 240; mæltu, at hann skyldi mæla allra höfðingja heilastr, viii. 290.
    β. in greeting, Vþm. 4, 6, Sdm. 3, 4; kom heill, welcome! hail! Blas. 42; far heill, farewell! Fms. vii. 197; heill, Magnús frændi! 171; sít heill, sit hail! Glúm. 391, Fms. x. 201; heill svá! Stj. 621; heilir svá! 475; heilar svá! 124, Karl. 507; ek svá heill, by my soul! forsooth! Fms. v. 230; svá vil ek heil! Grett. 170 new Ed.; bað þá heila fara ok heila hittask, Fms. iv. 171.
    5. whole, entire, Lat. integer; sjau hundruð heil, full seven hundred, Íb. 16; heil vika, 7, K. Þ. K. 102; heil dægr (opp. to half), Rb. 16; heil alin, N. G. L.; heilt ár, Bs. ii. 152.
    II. metaph. true, upright; allit., heilt ráð ok heimilt, a hale and good bargain, without fraud or flaw, Grág. i. 317; með heilum fortölum, Dipl. i. 3; ráða e-m heilt, to give wholesome (good, wise) advice to one, Nj. 31, (heilræði); með heilum hug, sincerely, cp. Hm. 106; heilum sáttum, Háv. 50 new Ed., Al. 60.
    β. safe; prestinum þótti eigi heilt at setja hann annat sinn undir sama váða, Fms. x. 417.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HEILL

  • 16 STJARNA

    * * *
    f. star; spec. polar star.
    * * *
    u, f. [a word common to all Indo-Germ. languages], a star, Vsp. 5; heiðar stjörnur, 57, Rb. 110, Stj. 299, and passim. In olden and modern days in Icel., the time in the winter evenings was marked by the position of the Pleiades above the horizon (as that of the day by the sun, see dagr, dags-mark); that constellation is therefore κατ ἐξ. called ‘the Star,’ Þórðr reið Fimmta-daginn um hádegi af Þingvelli en kom til Helgafells Föstu-náttina er stjarna var í austri, on Friday night when the Star was in the east, i. e. was just risen, Sturl. iii. 25; sendi hann Einar djákna út at sjá hvar stjarna væri komin, he sent Einar out to see where the Star was (i. e. to see what the time was), Bs. i. 874; þegar er úthallaði á kveldum, skyldi hann halda til stjörnu, he ‘should keep to the Star,’ ‘keep to the time,’ Lv. 43; so also in the ditty, Sjö-stjörnu spyr enginn að | inn í bóndans garði | hún er komin í hádegis stað | hálfu fyrr enn varði, Eggert. But with sailors ‘the Star’ means the load-star (leiðar-s.), allt norðr undir Stjörnu, north under the Star, to the north pole, Fms. x. 112; þar (þaðan) er stjarna er Hafshvarf heitir á austan-verðu landi, A.A., cp. Symb. 31: ‘stjarna’ also may mean Arcturus; vagn-s. = the ‘wain-star,’ i. e. Arcturus; kveld-s., morgun-s., blá-s., leiðar-s. Northern mythical names of stars, Örvandils-tá, the toe of Orwendel = Rigel in Orion (?), Edda 59; Þjassa augu, the Eyes of Thiassi = Castor and Pollux (?), 47; Loka-brenna = ‘Sirius;’ Reið Rögnis = the ‘Wain of Odin’ = the Great Wain (?), Sdm.
    2. a star on the forehead of a horse; such horses are called Stjarni, a, m., and Stjarna, u, f.
    II. COMPDS: stjörnubók, stjörnufræði, stjörnufræðingr, stjörnugangr, stjörnuhrap, stjörnuíþrótt, stjörnulist, stjörnuljós, stjörnumark, stjörnumeistari, stjörnurím, stjörnuvegr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > STJARNA

  • 17 LIGGJA

    * * *
    (ligg; lá, lágum; leginn), v.
    1) to lie (ör liggr þar úti á vegginum);
    liggja sjúkr, to lie sick (hann liggr sjúkr heima);
    þeir lágu í sárum, they lay ill of their wounds;
    2) to lie buried (hér liggr skáld);
    3) to lie at anchor (hann lagði til hafnar ok lá þþþþþþar um hríð);
    liggja veðrfastr, to lie weather-bound;
    4) to lie, be situated, of a place (þorp ok borgir, er lágu við ríki hans);
    5) to lie, go, lead, of a road (liggr gata til bœjarins);
    6) to be covered with ice, ice-bound (vetrar-ríki var á mikit ok lágu firðir allir);
    7) to lie with, have sexual intercourse with, = liggja hjá konu;
    8) with preps. and advs.:
    liggja á e-m, to lie heavy on, weigh upon, oppress (liggja á mér hugir stórra manna);
    liggja á hálsi e-m, to hang on one’s neck, blame one;
    liggja á e-m, to be fated to one (þat lá á konungi, at hann skyldi eigi lifa um tíu vetr);
    liggja á e-u, to attend, be connected with (á þessum ráðum liggja stórmeinbugir);
    to be urgent, of importance, pressing (A. kvað honum eigi á liggja þat at vita);
    liggr honum ekki á, it does not matter to him;
    liggja á úknyttum, to pursue wicked courses;
    liggja eptir, to be left undone (skal ekki eptir liggja þat, sem vér megum þeim veita);
    liggja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for;
    liggja fyrir, to be in store for, or open to, one;
    þœtti mér þat ráð fyrir liggja, at þú sendir menn, that the best thing would be to send men;
    liggja hjá e-rri, to lie with (lá ek hjá dóttur þinni);
    liggja í e-u, to stick or sink in (lágu hestarnir á kafi í snjónum);
    liggja í, to stick fast in mire or bog (liggr í hestrinn undir þeim);
    liggja í hernaði, víkingu, to be engaged in warfare;
    liggja niðri, to lie untold (nú skal þat eigi niðri liggja, er honum er þó mest vegsemd í);
    liggja saman, to be adjacent (lágu saman skógar þeirra Lopts);
    liggja til e-s, to belong to (naut ok sauðir, lá þat til Atleyjar);
    bœtr liggja til alls, there is atonement for every case;
    to be due or proper (þótti þat til liggja at taka af honum tignina);
    liggja til byrjar, to lie by for a fair wind;
    liggja til hafs, to lie ready for sea (lá biskup til hafs sex vikur);
    liggja um e-n, to lie in wait for;
    liggja um e-t, to be bent upon (hann liggr um þat nótt ok dag at veita yðr líflát);
    liggja undir e-n or e-m, to be subject to, belong to (þessi lönd liggja undir Danakonung);
    hlutr e-s liggr undir, one is worsted;
    liggja úti, to lie out, not in a house (sumir lágu úti á fjöllum með bú sín);
    liggja við, to lie at stake (líf mitt liggr við);
    þá muntu bezt gefast, er mest liggr við, when the need is greatest;
    e-m liggr við e-u, one is on the verge of;
    mörgum lá við bana, many lay at death’s door;
    lá við sjálft, at, ti was just on the point of.
    * * *
    pres. ligg, pl. liggja; pret. lá, 2nd pers. látt, mod. lást; subj. lægi; imperat. ligg and liggðú; part. leginn: [Ulf. ligan = κεισθαι; A. S. licgan; Chauc. to ligge; North. E. and Scot. to lig; Engl. to lie; Germ. liegen; Dan. ligge]:—to lie; ör liggr þar úti á vegginum, Nj. 115, Fas. i. 284; þeir vógu at honum liggjanda ok úvörum, 332; hann liggr á hauginum, Fb. i. 215; lá hann inni meðan þeir börðusk, Nj. 85; legsk hann niðr í runna nokkura ok liggr þar um stund, 132; Rafn lá í bekk, Sturl. i. 140; sveinar tveir er lengi höfðu úti legit á fjöllum, to lie out in the cold, Fms. ii. 98; sumir lágu úti á fjöllum með bú sín, lay out on the fells with their cattle, Sturl. iii. 75: of robbers, cp. úti-legu-maðr, an ‘outlying-man,’ outlaw; l. úti á fjöllum, Ld. 250: of freebooters, víkingar tveir, ok lágu úti bæði vetr ok sumar, Grett. 83; l. í hernaði, víkingu, to be out on a raid, Fs. 120, Eg. 1, Fms. xi. 44:—to lie, rest, þú skalt liggja í lopti hjá mér í nótt, Nj. 6; lágu þau þar tvau ein í loptinu, 7; þú skalt ríða um nætr en liggja ( but lie abed) um daga, 34; Gunnarr lá mjök langa hríð, 94; þeir lágu úti um nóttina, lay out by night, Fms. ix. 364: the phrase, liggja á gólfi, to lie on the floor, to lie in labour, Fb. ii. 263: of carnal intercourse, to lie with, hefir Guðrún dóttir mín legit hjá þér, Nj. 94; lá ek hjá dóttur þinni, 130: liggja með e-m, id., Grág. i. 128; hón hefir legit sekt í garð konungs, N. G. L. i. 358: with acc., liggja konu, stuprare, Gþl. 203, N. G. L. i. 20; at þú hafir legit dóttur Ísólfs, Lv. 78: of animals (rare), en veðrarnir ok bukkarnir lágu þær, Stj. 178:—to lie sick, hann liggr sjúkr heima at búð …, lá hann sjúkr um allt þingit, Nj. 80; Þórólfr ok Bárðr lágu í sárum, lay sick of their wounds, Eg. 34; Helga tók þá ok þyngd ok lá þó eigi, H. lay sick, but not bedridden, Ísl. ii. 274; ef griðmaðr liggr af verkum sínum, lies sick from his work, Grág. i. 154; ef hann liggr í helsótt, 201:—to lie, be buried, Björn liggr í Farmanns-haugi, Fms. i. 12; hér liggr skald, Fb. i. 215 (in a verse):—to lie at anchor, Bs. i. 713; þar lagði hann til hafnar ok lá þar um hríð, Fms. i. 145; lágu langskip konungs með endilöngum bryggjum, ix. 478; þeir lágu þar nokkura hríð undir nesi einu, Nj. 43; hann lá í Gautelfi austr, 122; þar lá fyrir í höfninni knörr einn mikill, Eg. 79; en er hann kom fyrir Elfina þá lágu þeir þar ok biðu nætr, 80; Haraldr konungr lá liði sínu út fyrir Hreinsléttu, Fms. i. 12; liggja til byrjar, to lie by for a fair wind, 135; liggja til hafs, id., Bs. i. 66, Bjarn. 4, Gísl. 7, Landn. 223: l. veðr-fastr, to lie weather-bound:—lágu hvelpar í hundunum, they were big with whelps, Fms. xi. 10: l. í kafi, to sink deep; þá liggr í hestrinn undir þeim, sank in a quagmire, Fs. 65; Gregorius lá í ísinum, Fms. vii. 273; also, lágu hestarnir á (í) kafi, Eg. 546.
    II. to be covered with ice, ice-bound (cp. leggja); vötnin lágu öll, Fbr. 13; til Vigra-fjarðar, ok lá hann allr, Eb. 84 new Ed.; lágu allir firðir, 306.
    III. to lie idle, of capital; enda er heimting til fjárins, hversu lengi sem liggr, Grág. i. 209; enda liggr féit hér alldregi, 220; erfðir liggi sem áðr er skilt um, Gþl. 254; liggja úslegit, to lie unmown, Grág. ii. 284; láta sum orð liggja (to let them lie, leave out) þau er máli eigu at skipta, þat er ljúgvitni, i. 43; l. niðri, to lie down, lie dormant, lie untold, or the like, Fagrsk, 126, Nj. 88, Ó. H. 233, Grett. 192 new Ed.; opt má satt kyrt liggja, truth may often be left alone, a saying: liggja eptir, to be left behind, untold, Fms. viii. 4: spec. usages, liggja lauss fyrir, to lie loose, lie at one’s hand; fylg þú nú virðing þinni er þér liggr laus fyrir, Boll. 360; þótti eigi svá laust fyrir liggja sem þeir hugsuðu, Fms. viii. 357: liggja undir e-m (or e-n), of power, lands, to belong to; jörðu þeirri er legit hefir undir oss langfeðrum, Gþl. 296; þat er mikit ríki, ok liggr undir biskup í Skáni, Fms. xi. 231.
    IV. to take, hold, of a measure; vatns-ker þau er í lágu matskjólur tvennar, Hom. (St.): the phrase, liggja í miklu, litlu rúmi, to take a great, a little space, metaph. to think much, little of a thing, Ld. 210, Al. 152; liggja í léttu rúmi, to care little for: e-m liggja vel (ílla) orð til e-s, to speak well ( ill) of a thing or person, Konr.; honum lágu vel orð til hans, he spoke favourably of him.
    V. to lie, be situated, of a place, road, of direction; slá er lá um þvert skipit, Nj. 125; liggja saman garðar, Gísl. 10; liggr sá steinn þar enn, Eg. 142, Gm. 4, 12; þær (the Scilly Islands) liggja vestr í hafit fra Englandi, Fms. i. 145; at garði þeim sem liggr ofan eptir mýrinni, Dipl. v. 25; er sagt er at liggi sex dægra sigling í norðr frá Bretlandi, Landn. (begin.); en Finnmörk liggr fyrir ofan öll þessi lönd, Eg. 58; Ey liggr í Hitará, Bjarn. 22; eyin liggr við þjóðleið fyrir útan, Ó. H. 116; veiði-stöð sú liggr á Breiða-firði er Bjarneyjar heita, Ld. 38; þar liggr til hafs útver, lies on the sea-side, Ó. H. 149; veginn þann er um skóginn lá, Eg. 578; sem leið liggr, Eb. 306; liggr gata til bæjarins, Gísl. 28; en til góðs vinar liggja gagnvegir, Hm. 33; leiðin liggr fram með hálsinum, Eg. 582; tjaldstaði þá er þeim þóttu beztir, ok hæst lágu, Fms. vi. 135; þangat sem leiðin liggr lægra, Sturl. ii. 247: of the body, lá hátt tanngarðrinn, he had prominent teeth, Nj. 39: of the eyes, rauðlituð augu ok lágu fagrt ok fast, Fms. viii. 447; augu þau er liggja í ljósu líki, Kormak: ofarliga mun liggja ú-jafnaðr í þér, Grett. 135 new Ed.
    B. Metaph. usages, esp. with prepp.; liggja á, to lie heavy on, to weigh upon, and metaph. to oppress; liggja á mér hugir stórra manna, Fb. i. 258, Sks. 276; l. á hálsi e-m, to hang on one’s neck, blame, Fms. xi. 336: of a fine, þar liggr ekki fégjald á, ’tis not finable, K. Þ. K. 164: to be bewitched, lie under a spell, þat lá á konungi, at hann skyldi eigi lifa um tíu vetr, Fms. x. 220 (cp. leggja á e-n and á-lög): to pursue, liggja á úknyttum, to pursue wicked things, 172; liggja á úráði, Karl. 121: to be urgent, of importance, pressing, kvað honum eigi á liggja þat at vita, Grett. 37 new Ed.; eigi þykki mér á því liggja, segir Járnskjöldr, Fb. i. 259; mun þar stórt á liggja, ’tis a grave matter, Nj. 62; nú liggr honum ekki á ( it does not matter for him), þótt hann komi aldri til Íslands, Band. 10: mod., það liggr ekki á, it does not press, is not urgent; mér liggr á, it lies on me, is pressing for me: impers. to feel, be in spirits so and so, liggr vel á e-m, to be in good spirits; liggr ílla á e-m, to be in low spirits, the metaphor being taken from the pressure on the mind: leaving out the prep., lá honum þat ílla, it weighed heavily on hitn, Bs. i. 775:—liggja að, in the phrase, það lá að, that was just what was to be expected! an expression of dislike:—liggja fyrir e-m, to lie before one, of things to be done or to happen, of what is fated, doomed (see for-lög); þætti mér þat ráð fyrir liggja, faðir, at þú sendir menn, the best thing to be done would be to send men, Eg. 167; at þat mundi fyrir liggja at búask til orrostu, 283; en Bera kvað Egil vera víkings-efni, kvað þat mundu fyrir liggja, þegar hann hefði aldr til, 190: liggja fyrir e-m, to lie in one’s way, in ambush (cp. fyrirsát), Edda 148 (pref.), Eg. 240:—liggja um e-t, to lie in wait for, Fms. x. 287; l. um líf e-s, to seek one’s life, Stj. 550, Sks. 722:—liggja til, to be due to, deserved; þótti þat til liggja at taka af honum tignina, Eg. 271: to belong to, naut ok sauðir, lá þat til Atleyjar, 719: to fit to, til sumra meina liggr bruni (as a remedy), 655 xi. 28; bætr liggja til alls, there is atonement for every case, Fas. iii. 522; e-m liggr vel (ílla) orð til e-s, to speak well (or evil) of a person, Sturl. iii. 143:—liggja undir, to lie underneath, be worsted, of wrestling, Bárð. 166; fyrir hverjum liggr hlutr þinn undir, Eb. 156:—liggja við, to lie at slake; deildi … ok hafði einn þat er við lá, Ísl. ii. 215; en þeir köru at hætta til, er féfang lá við svá mikit, Eg. 57; skal þar liggja við mundrinn allr, Nj. 15; liggr þér nökkut við?—Líf mitt liggr við, segir hann, 116; þá muntú bezt gefask, er mest liggr við, when the need is greatest, 179; svá er ok at mikit liggr yðr þá við, 227; en mér liggr hér nú allt við, it is all important to me, 265; þótt ek vita at líf mitt liggi við, 115; lá við sjálft, at …, it was on the point of …, Al. 79: mod., það lá við, að …
    C. Reflex. to lay oneself down, lie down; þá er þat étr ok er fullt liggsk þat ok söfr (of cattle), Best. 58, cp. Gm.
    2. e-m liggsk e-t, to leave behind, forget; svínið lásk mér eptir, Skíða R. 185; legisk hefir mér nokkut í minni venju, ek gáða eigi at taka blezun af biskupi, Bs. i. 781: hence the mod. phrase, mér láðist ( I forgot) and mér hefir láðst, which is a corruption from mér lásk eptir; for lá mér eptir, read lásk mér eptir, I forgot, neglected (?), Skv. 1. 20; láskat þat dægr háski, it did not miss, did not fail, Arnór; láskat, be failed not, Bjarn. (in a verse).

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LIGGJA

  • 18 GAGN-

    an adverbial prefix:
    A. [Cp. the adv. gegn], gain- (in gainsay), counter, esp. in law terms:—hence gagna-gögn, n. pl. counter-proofs, Grág. i. 106. gagn-augu, n. pl. ‘counter-eyes,’ temples. gagn-dyrt, n. adj. with doors opposite one another, Fas. ii. 181. gagn-gjald, n., prop. a ‘countergild,’ antidote, a Norse law term, which seems identical with mundr or tilgjöf, opp. to heiman-fylgja, dowry, which in case of the husband’s death or divorce was to be the wife’s property; gjöf and gagngjald are distinguished, N. G. L. i. 29; þá skal hon þarnast gagngjalds ok gjafar, 51. gagn-görð, f. transgression, 15. 1 (MS.) gagn-hollr, adj. kind to one another, Hm. 31. gagn-kvöð, f. a counter-summons, Grág. ii. 102. gagn-mælendr, part. pl. gain-sayers, opponents, Mart. 114. gagn-mæli, n. gain-saying, contradiction, Fms. x. 403, Stj. 331. gagn-nefna, u, f. a mutual nomination, of arbitrators, Grág. i. 495. gagn-staða, u, f. ‘gain-staying,’ resistance, Fms. x. 387, Hom. (St.) 43. gagnstöðu-flokkr, m. the opposite party, Fms. viii. 323: gagnstöðu-maðr, m. an opponent, adversary, 623. 12, 655 xvi. B. 3: gagn-staðleikr (- leiki), m. the contradictory, reverse, Stj. 263. gagn-staðligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), contrary, opposed to, Fms. i. 263, viii. 326, x. 233, Stj. 29, 73, Ó. H. 195, Sks. 576. gagn-staðr, adj. id., Stj. 163, Fms. viii. 323. gagn-stæðligr and gagn-stæðiligr, adj. = gagnstaðligr, Fms. ix. 528, Sks. 111, 130, 337, Stj. 335, Fs. 172. gagn-sök, f. a counter-action, counter-charge, a law term,—the defendant brought forth counter-charges, to be set off against those of the prosecutor, vide Nj. passim, Grág. i. 294, K. Þ. K. 160, Fs. 74, 125, Grett. 151, Valla L. 204, Rd. 300. gagn-tak, n. a ‘holder against,’ the strap to which the girth is attached, Fms. vii. 170, Sturl. iii. 114, Glúm. 393, Hkr. iii. 283, Karl. 458, Flor. 78; also called mót-tak. gagn-vert and gagn-vart, n. adj., used as prep. and adv., over against, with dat., Eg. 206, Fms. vi. 32, vii. 253. xi. 34, Nj. 34, Sd. 163; sitja g. e-m, Fs. 148; g. sólunni, 1812. 133; g. dyrum, Gullþ. 26, Fbr. 37, 64, passim:—as adv., Landn. 62, Fms. ii. 27, xi. 125.
    B. [Cp. gegnum and the adj. gegn], through, right through, straight; and so thorough, thoroughly, very (in which sense gay or gey is still used in Scot. and North. E., Jamieson Suppl. s. v.):—hence gagn-drepa, adj. wet through. gagn-færiligr and gagn-færr, adj. through-going, used as transl. of the Lat. penetrans, Stj. 89, 656 A. i. 34, 655 xxxii. 19. gagn-gört, n. adj. straight, Fb. iii. 296, Gísl. 38. gagn-hræddr, adj. ‘gay’ (i. e. very) frightened, Fms. iv. 147, 625. 18. gagn-kunnigr, adj. knowing thoroughly. gagn-leiði, n. the ‘ganest’ (i. e. shortest) way, Al. 92. gagn-orðr, adj. ‘gane-worded,’ speaking shortly, to the point, Nj. 38; (opp. to marg-orðr or lang-orðr.) gagn-skeytiligr, adj. to be shot through, Sks. 398 B. gagn-skorinn, part. scored through, i. e. cut through by fjords, rivers, etc., Fas. iii. 511: also thoroughly scored, i. e. carved all over, Vígl. 48 new Ed. gagn-stígr, m. a ‘gane’ way, short cut, Al. 109, Sks. 2, Fms. vii. 82 (in a verse). gagn-sæll, adj. through-seeing, penetrating, Sks. 208, (rare.) gagn-sær, adj. transparent, Rb. 354; gagnsætt gler, Hom. 128. gagn-vátr, adj. wet through. gagn-vegr, m. [Swed. genväg] = gagnstígr, Hm. 33. gagn-þurr, adj. dry all through, quite dry.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GAGN-

  • 19 lúka

    (lýk; lauk, lukum; lokinn), v.
    1) to shut (= lúka aptr);
    2) to end, bring to an end, finish, conclude, with dat. (hann lauk rœðu sinni);
    þá er menn höfðu lokit lögskilum at mæla, when they had finished their pleading;
    3) to pay, lúka e-m e-t (svá mikit fé, sem vér eigum konunginum at lúka);
    4) impers., lýkr e-u, it is at an end;
    lýkr þar nú sögunni, here the story ends;
    eptir þat var lokit þinginu, after that the Thing was broken up;
    var þess ván, at illa mundi illum lúka, that it would end badly with a bad man;
    þá var lokit öllum vistum nema hval, all stores were exhausted, except whale;
    absol., svá lauk at lyktum, finally it ended so that;
    lýkr svá, at þeir kaupa þessu, it ended so that they struck the bargain;
    áðr en lýkr, áðr lýkr, before the end comes (nærr munum við gangast áðr lýkr);
    um þat er lýkr, finally, in the end;
    5) with preps.:
    lúka aptr, to shut, with acc. or dat. (lúka aptr hurðina or hurðinni);
    lúka e-u í sundr, to open (lúk heill munni í sundr);
    impers., er í sundr lauk firðinum, when the fjord opened;
    lúka upp, to open, with dat. or acc. (lúka upp hurðinni or hurðina);
    lúka upp augum, to open the eyes;
    to declare, make known (en er jarl hafði því upp lokit, at hann mundi fylgja þeim);
    lúka uppgørð, to deliver a judgement (of an umpire);
    impers., lýkr e-u upp, it opens;
    lúka vel (illa) við e-n, to behave well (ill), deal fairly (unfairly) with a person (Bolli fekk Sigríði gjaforð göfugt ok lauk vel við hana);
    lúka við, to end (má vera, at svá lúki við, at þér þykki alkeypt);
    lúka yfir, impers., to come to an end, to a final issue (skal nú yfir lúka með oss);
    6) refl., lúkast, to be shut (ok þegar laukst hurðin á hæla honum);
    to come to an end, to end (hér lýkst sjá bók);
    lúkast upp, to open (fjallit laukst upp norðan).
    * * *
    u, f. the hollow hand held like a cup, and in plur. of both hands held together.
    II. the lid in the opening of a loft. lúku-gat, n. an opening in a loft.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > lúka

  • 20 RENNA

    * * *
    I)
    (renn; rann, runnum; runninn), v.
    1) to run (rakkar þar renna);
    renna í köpp við e-n, to run a race with;
    hón á þann hest, er rennr lopt ok lög, that runs through the air and over the sea;
    renna e-m hvarf, to run out of one’s sight;
    2) to run away, flee (rennr þú nú Úlfr hinn ragi);
    renna undan e-m, to run away from one (ek get þess, at þú vilir eigi renna undan þeim);
    3) to run, flow (rennr þaðan lítill lœkr);
    4) to melt, dissolve (ok hafði runnit málmrinn í eldsganginum);
    reiði rennr e-m, anger leaves one;
    5) to arise (= renna upp);
    sól rennr, the sun rises;
    dagr rennr, it dawns;
    6) with preps.:
    renna af e-m, to leave one, pass away from one (reiði rann af honum);
    renna á e-n, to come over one;
    svefn, svefnhöfgi rennr á e-n, one falls asleep;
    reiði rennr á e-n, one gets angry;
    þá rann á byrr, then a fair wind arose;
    renna eptir e-m, to run after one (þá var runnit eptir þeim, er flóttann ráku);
    renna frá e-m, to run away from, leave one;
    renna í e-t, to run into;
    e-m rennr í skap, one is much (deeply) affected (er eigi trútt, at mér hafi eigi í skap runnit sonardauðinn);
    renna saman, to heal up (þá var saman runninn leggrinn);
    renna undir, to assist, give support (margar stoðir runnu undir, bæði frændr ok vinir);
    renna upp, to originate (var þess ván, at illr ávöxtr mundi upp renna af illri rót);
    of the sun or daylight, to rise;
    sól (dagr) rennr upp (cf. 5);
    7) recipr., rennast at (á), to attack one another, begin a fight.
    (-da, -dr), v.
    1) to make (let) run, with dat. (keyrði hann hestinn sporum ok renndi honum at);
    2) to put to flight (þeir renndu þeim tíu, er undan kómust);
    3) to prevent, thwart (eigi má sköpunum renna);
    er rennt þeim ráðahag, that match is thwarted;
    4) to slip, let loose;
    renna veiðarfœri, to let the fishing-line run out;
    Tjörvi renndi fyrir hann törgu, T. flung a target in his way;
    impers., atgeirinum renndi gegnum skjöldinn, the halberd was run through the shield;
    renna e-u niðr, to swallow;
    renna grunum á e-t, to suspect;
    5) renna augum, to direct the eyes, to look (renna ástaraugum til e-s);
    6) to pour (var gulli rennt í skurðina);
    7) with acc., renna mjólk, to run millk, by pouring out the thin milk;
    8) with acc. to turn (renna tré, spánu);
    9) absol. to move quickly, slide, glide (konungsskipin renndu at þeim);
    þá renndi hringrinn af hendi mér, the ring slipped off my hand;
    10) refl., rennast augum til, to look to one another;
    þá renndust skipin hjá, the ships passed by one another.
    f. run, course;
    ok nú er skírðr allr Danaherr í þessi rennu, in one run, at one sweep.
    * * *
    (older form rinna, Hom. 125), pres. renn and rennr; pret. raun, rannt (mod. ranst), rann, pl. runnum; subj. rynni; imper. renn, renndú; part. runninn; with neg. suff. renni-a, Hkv. 2. 30: [Ulf. rinnan = τρέχειν, Mark ix. 25, = ρειν, John vii. 38; as also bi-rinnan, and-rinnan; a word common to all Teut. languages; the Engl. run is prob. formed from the pret. 3rd pers. plur.]:— to run = Lat. currere, of any swift, even, sliding motion (for hlaupa is to leap, bound), used not only of living things, but also of streams, water, wind, light, sun; rakkar þar renna, Am. 24; freki mun renna, Vsp. 41, Gm. 32; vargar runnu á ísi milli Noregs ok Daumerkr, Ann. 1047; rennia sá marr, Hkv. 2. 30; renni und vísa vígblær hinnig, Gh. 34; renni rökn bitluð, Hkv. i. 50; Grani rann at þingi, Gkv. 2. 4; hest inn hraðfæra láttú hinnig renna, Gh.18; þann hest er renn lopt ok lög, Edda 21; renna í köpp við e-n, 31; renna skeið, to run a race, id.; þeir runnu heim, Fas. ii. 101; r. at skeið, to take a run, 111; fór hann til ok rann bergit upp at manninum, 277; hann rennr upp vegginn, Nj. 202; r. e-m hvarf, to run out of one’s sight, Sturl iii. 50; mjúkr ok léttr bæði at ríða ok rinna, Hom. 125; renna ok ríða, Gþl 411; r. eptir e-m, to run after one, Nj. 275; runnit hefir hundr þinn, Pétr postuli, til Róms tysvar ok myndi renni it þriðja sinn ef þú leyfðir, id.; þat þolir hvergi, nema renn til trés eðr staurs, 655 xxx. 5; runnu þeir upp til bæjar með alvæpni. Eg. 388; hann rann þá fram í mót Bergönundi, 378; r. á hendr e-m, to use force, K. Á. 116, 150; margar stoðir runnu undir ( supported him) bæði frændr ok vinir, Ld. 18; renna á skíðum, to run in snow-shoes.
    2. to run, fly; þá spurði Kerþjálfaðr hví hann rynni eigi svá sem aðrir, Nj. 275; hvárt skal nú renna, 96, 247; ef maðr stígr öðrum fæti út um höslur, ferr hann á hæl, en rennr ef báðum stígr, Korm. 86; nú hefir þú runnit, ok beðit eigi Skútu, Glúm. 310; rennr þú nú Úlfr inn ragi, … lengra mundir þú r. …, Ó. H. 167; r. undan e-m, Nj. 95; reyndusk ílla menn Þóris ok runnu frá honum, Fms. vii. 11.
    II. of things; snara rennr at hálsi e-m, of a loop, Mar.; þat skal maðr eigi ábyrgjask at kýr renni eigi kálfi, ef hann hefir öxn í nautum sínum, N. G. L. i. 25:—of a weapon, hyrnan rann (= renndi) í brjóstið ok gékk á hol, Nj. 245:—of the sun, daylight, and the like, to arise, er sól rennr á fjöll Páska-dag, K. Þ. K. 124; sem leið móti degi ok sólin rann, Bév. 20; rennr dagr, rökkrið þrýtr, Úlf. 9. 83; renna upp, to rise; um mörguninn er sól rann upp ok var lítt farin, Fms. viii. 146; þat var allt senn, at dagrinn rann upp, ok konungr kom til eldanna, ix. 353; þá rann söl upp, ok litu allir bændr til sölarinnar, Ó. H. 109; en er hann vaknaði þa rann dagr upp, 207; dýr og fagr austri í upp er dagr renninn, a ditty; stjörnur renna upp ok setjask, Rb. 466; rennr ljós þat upp, 625. 66: less correctly of the setting sun, as, sólin rann, ljós leið, in a mod. hymn, (the Norsemen call the sunset sol-renning):—to run up, of plants, var þess ok ván, at íllr ávöxtr mundi upp renna af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; þar renna eigi upp þyrnar né íllgresi, 656 A. ii. 14; eru vér ok svá gamlir ok runnir bitar (?) upp, Fms. viii. 325, v. l.: the phrase, renna upp sem fífill í brekku (see fífill): to originate, æðar renna þar upp ok nætask, … renn ok rödd upp fyrir hverju orði, Skálda 169, Stj. 198, (upp-runi, origin):—of a stream, river, water, to flow, opin renna hón skal um aldrdaga, Vþm, 16; á hugða ek hér inn renna, Am. 25; rennr þaðan lítill lækr, Fms. i. 232; rennanda vatn, a running water, Bs. ii. 18; rennandi ár, Hom. 45: blóð rennr ór sári, a running sore, wound; þar rann blóð svá mjök at eigi varð stöðvat, Fms. i. 46; vatn, sjór rennr ór klæðum, etc.:—to run, lead, trend. þjóðvegir, er renna eptir endilöngum bygðum, ok þeir er renna frá fjalli ok til fjörn, Gþl. 413:—to run, melt, dissolve, ok hefði runnit málmrinn í eldsganginum, Orkn. 368; málmr rennr saman, Blas. 47; þat renn saman, blends together, 655, xxx. 5:—of wind, to arise, byrr rann á af landi, Eg. 389; þá rann á byrr, Nj. 135; en er Björn var albúinn ok byrr rann á, Eg. 158: hvergi var á runnit á klaæeth;i hans, his clothes were untouched, Fms. xi. 38:—of sleep or mental motion, rann á hann höfgi móti deginum, Ó. H. 207; þá rann á hann svemn, 240; rennr á hann svefnhöfgi, ok dreymir hann, Gísl. 67; þá rann á hann þegar reiði ok öfund, Sks. 154 new Ed.; rann þá úmegin á hann, he swooned, Fms. viii. 332: þá rann af Gretti úmegit, he recovered his senses, Grett. 114; lét hann r. af sér reiðina, Fms. i. 15, iii. 73; rann nú af konunginum reiði við mág sinn, xi. 13: e-m rennr í skap, to be affected to tears; er eigi trautt at mér hafi í skap runnit sonar-dauðinn, Þorst. Stang. 55 (cp. Gísl. 39, allt í skap ‘komit’): to be angry, var nú svá komit at honum rann í skap ok reiddisk hann, Fms. vi. 212, and so in mod. usage.
    III. recipr., rennask at (á), to attack one another, run together, fight; síðan rennask at hestarnir, … þá er á rynnisk hestarnir, Nj. 91; þeir runnusk á allsterkliga, of wrestlers, Ld. 158.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > RENNA

См. также в других словарях:

  • all eyes — phrasal : marked by rapt attention to something seen or about to be seen she was all eyes as I unwrapped the package * * * used to convey that a particular person or thing is currently the focus of public interest or attention all eyes are on the …   Useful english dictionary

  • all eyes — adjective a) Watching alertly or attentively. He was all eyes for her. b) Having prominent eyes …   Wiktionary

  • All Eyes to the Morning Sun — Infobox Album Name = All Eyes To The Morning Sun Type = EP Longtype = (Mini Album) Artist = Lights.Action! Released = April 14, 2008 Recorded = Mayfair The Pierce Rooms Britanna Row The Dairy Genre = Rock Indie Alternative Length = 21:32 Label =… …   Wikipedia

  • Eyes Wide Shut —    Warner Bros. , 159 minutes, 1999. Producer: Stanley Kubrick; Director: Kubrick; Screenplay: Kubrick, based on a novella by Arthur Schnitzler; Cinematographer: Larry Smith; Assistant Director: Brian W. Cook; Art Director: John Fenner and Kevin… …   The Encyclopedia of Stanley Kubrick

  • Eyes Wide Shut — Filmdaten Deutscher Titel Eyes Wide Shut Produktionsland Vereinigtes Königreich Vereinigte Staaten …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • All Eyez on Me (song) — Infobox Single Name = All Eyez on Me Artist = Monica from Album = All Eyez on Me Format = Digital download, 12 single, CD maxi single Released = September 11, 2002 (CD) Recorded = 2001; Patchwerk Studios (Atlanta, Georgia) Genre = R B, dance pop… …   Wikipedia

  • All Tomorrow's Parties Festival lineups — This page lists past lineups for all past UK and US All Tomorrow s Parties music festivals, as well as other festivals the ATP organisation has been involved with such as the Pitchfork Music Festival and Primavera Sound. Unlike most music… …   Wikipedia

  • All the Best Cowboys Have Chinese Eyes — Studio album by Pete Townshend Released June 14, 1982 Recorded …   Wikipedia

  • All Things Bright and Beautiful (album) — All Things Bright and Beautiful Studio album by Owl City Release …   Wikipedia

  • Eyes and No Eyes — Eyes and No Eyes, or The Art of Seeing is a one act musical entertainment with a libretto by W. S. Gilbert and music originally by Thomas German Reed that premiered on July 5 1875 at St. George s Hall in London and ran for only a month. The… …   Wikipedia

  • Eyes Wide Open — is an exhibit created by the American Friends Service Committee observing the American soldiers and marines that have died in the Iraq War. It contains a pair of combat boots to represent every American soldier and marine that has died in the war …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»